WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations 28
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations 29
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations 30
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single Brake Wiring Scheme 1336F ndash BRF and 1336S ndash BRF Drives Only 31Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme 1336F ndash BRF and 1336S ndash BRF Drives Only 32
WA070 WB035 and WC035 mdash WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme 1336F ndash BRF Drives Only 33Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme 1336F ndash BRF Drives Only 34
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single Brake Wiring Scheme 1336 (VT S F T E) 35Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme 1336 (VT S F T E) 36
WA070 WB035 and WC035 mdash WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme 1336 (VT S F T E) 37Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme 1336 (VT S F T E) 38
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking2
What This Option Provides The brake chopper module is an open style assembly that together with customer supplied braking resistors can increase the braking torque capability of a 1336 1336VT 1336PLUS 1336PLUSII 1336FORCE or 1336IMPACT drive from approximately 10 to 100
Where This Option is Used B003-B250 and C003-C250 1336 Drives
B003-B250 1336VT Drives
AQF05-A125 BRF05-B600 and CWF10-C600 1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Drives
A001-A125 B001-B600 and C001-C650 1336FORCE and 1336IMPACT Drives
What These Instructions Contain
These instructions contain the necessary information to select configure and install dynamic braking By completing Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance first you will be able to determine
1 Whether or not dynamic braking is required for your application
2 If dynamic braking is required the rating and quantity of chopper modules required as well as the size and type of braking resistors required
How Dynamic Braking Works When an induction motorrsquos rotor is turning slower than the synchronous speed set by the driversquos output power the motor is transforming electrical energy obtained from the drive into mechanical energy available at the drive shaft of the motor This process is referred to as motoring When the rotor is turning faster than the synchronous speed set by the driversquos output power the motor is transforming mechanical energy available at the drive shaft of the motor into electrical energy that can be transferred back into the utility grid This process is referred to as regeneration
Most AC PWM drives convert AC power from the fixed frequency utility grid into DC power by means of a diode rectifier bridge or controlled SCR bridge before it is inverted into variable frequency AC power Diode and SCR bridges are cost effective but can only handle power in the motoring direction Therefore if the motor is regenerating the bridge cannot conduct
the necessary negative DC current the DC bus voltage will increase and cause a Bus Overvoltage trip at the drive
Expensive bridge configurations use SCRs or transistors that can transform DC regenerative electrical energy into fixed frequency utility electrical energy A more cost effective solution is to provide a Transistor Chopper on the DC Bus of the AC PWM drive that feeds a power resistor which transforms the regenerative electrical energy into thermal energy This is generally referred to as Dynamic Braking
How the Chopper Module Works
Figure 1 shows a simplified schematic of a Chopper Module with Dynamic Brake Resistor The Chopper Module is shown connected to the positive and negative conductors of an AC PWM Drive The two series connected Bus Caps are part of the DC Bus filter of the AC Drive
A Chopper Module contains five significant power components
Protective fuses are sized to work in conjunction with a Crowbar SCR Sensing circuitry within the Chopper Transistor Voltage Control determines if an abnormal conditions exist within the Chopper Module such as a shorted Chopper Transistor When an abnormal condition is sensed the Chopper Transistor Voltage Control will fire the Crowbar SCR shorting the DC Bus and melting the fuse links This action isolates the Chopper Module from the DC Bus until the problem can be resolved
The Chopper Transistor is an Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) The Chopper Transistor is either ON or OFF connecting the Dynamic Brake Resistor to the DC Bus and dissipating power or isolating the resistor from the DC Bus There are several transistor ratings that are used in the various Chopper Module ratings The most important rating is the collector current rating of the Chopper Transistor that helps to determine the minimum ohmic value used for the Dynamic Brake Resistor
Chopper Transistor Voltage Control (hysteretic voltage comparator) regulates the voltage of the DC Bus during regeneration The average values of DC Bus voltages are
bull 375V DC (for 230V AC input)
bull 750V DC (for 460V AC input)
bull 9375V DC (for 575V AC input)
Voltage dividers reduce the DC Bus voltage to a value that is usable in signal circuit isolation and control The DC Bus feedback voltage from the voltage dividers is compared to a reference voltage to actuate the Chopper Transistor
The Freewheel Diode (FWD) in parallel with the Dynamic Brake Resistor allows any magnetic energy stored in the parasitic inductance of that circuit to be safely dissipated during turn off of the Chopper Transistor
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking4
Figure 1Schematic of Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Chopper Modules are designed to be applied in parallel if the current rating is insufficient for the application One Chopper Module is the designated Master Chopper Module while any other Modules are the designated Follower Modules
Two lights are provided on the front of the enclosure to indicate operation
bull DC Power light illuminates when DC power has been applied to the Chopper Module
bull Brake On light flickers when the Chopper Module is operating (chopping)
Bus Caps
Bus Caps
CrowbarSCR
SignalCommon
DynamicBrake
Resistor
ChopperTransistor
Chopper TransistorVoltage Control
ToVoltageControl
ToVoltageControl
ToVoltageControl
ToCrowbarSCR Gate
Fuse
ndash DC Bus
+ DC Bus
Fuse
ToVoltage Dividers
VoltageDivider
VoltageDivider
FWD
FWD
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 5
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
As a rule a Chopper Module can be specified when regenerative energy is dissipated on an occasional or periodic basis In general the motor power rating speed torque and details regarding the regenerative mode of operation will be needed in order to estimate what Chopper Module rating and Dynamic Brake Resistor value to use If a drive is consistently operating in the regenerative mode of operation serious consideration should be given to equipment that will transform the electrical energy back to the fixed frequency utility
In order to select the appropriate Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor for your application the following data must be calculated
Peak Regenerative Power of the Drive (Expressed in watts of power)
This value is used to determine
bull The minimum current rating of the Chopper ModuleChoose the actual current rating from the selection tables
bull The estimated maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake ResistorIf this value is greater than the maximum imposed by the peak regenerative power of the drive the drive can trip off due to transient DC Bus overvoltage problems
Minimum Dynamic Brake ResistanceIf a Dynamic Brake Resistance value that is less than the minimum imposed by the choice of the Chopper Module is applied damage can occur to the Chopper Transistor
Dynamic Brake Resistorrsquos Allowable Ohmic Value Range(Use the Chopper Module current rating to determine this range)
These values range between the minimum value set by the Chopper Transistor current rating and the maximum value set by the peak regenerative power developed by the drive in order to decelerate or satisfy other regenerative applications
Wattage Rating of the Dynamic Brake ResistorThis rating is estimated by applying what is known about the driversquos motoring and regenerating modes of operation The average power dissipation of the regenerative mode must be estimated and the wattage of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen to be greater than the average regenerative power dissipation of the drive
Dynamic Brake Resistors with large thermodynamic heat capacities defined as thermal time constants less than 5 seconds are able to absorb a large amount of energy without the temperature of the resistor element exceeding the operational temperature rating Thermal time constants in the order of 50 seconds and higher satisfy the criteria of large heat capacities for these applications If a resistor has a small heat capacity the temperature of the resistor element could exceed maximum temperature limits during the application of pulse power to the element
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking6
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
The following calculations are demonstrated using The International System of Units (SI)
Gather the following information
bull Power rating from motor nameplate in watts kilowatts or horsepower
bull Speed rating from motor nameplate in rpm or rps (radians per second)
bull Motor inertia and load inertia in kg-m2 or lb-ft2
bull Gear ratio (GR) if a gear is present between the motor and load
bull Motor shaft speed torque and power profile of the drive application
Figure 2 shows the speed torque and power profiles of the drive as a function of time for a particular cyclic application that is periodic over t4 seconds The desired time to decelerate is known or calculable and is within the drive performance limits In Figure 2 the following variables are defined
ω(t) = Motor shaft speed in radians per second (rps)
N(t) = Motor shaft speed in Revolutions Per Minute (RPM)
T(t) = Motor shaft torque in Newton-meters10 lb-ft = 1355818 N-m
P(t) = Motor shaft power in watts10 HP = 746 watts
-Pb = Motor shaft peak regenerative power in watts
ω Rad
s2πN60
=
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 7
Figure 2Application Speed Torque and Power Profiles
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
ω(t)
T(t)
P(t)
-Pb
ωo
ωb
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking8
Step 1 mdash Determine Gear Ratio
Step 2 mdash Determine the Total Inertia
Step 3 mdash Calculate the Peak Braking Power
Compare the peak braking power to that of the rated motor power If the peak braking power is greater that 15 times that of the motor then the deceleration time (t3 - t2) needs to be increased so that the drive does not go into current limit
GR = _________
GR= Turns of LoadTurns of Motor
JT = Jm + GR2 JL JT = Total inertia reflected to the motor shaft (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
Jm = Motor inertia (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
GR = Gear ratio of any gear between motor and load (dimensionless)
ωo = Angular rotational speedless than rated speed down to zero (Rad s)
Nb = Rated motor speed (RPM)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)10 HP = 746 watts
JT ωb (ωb - ωo)
(t3 - t2)
Pb = [ ( - )]
[ ndash ]Pb = __________watts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 9
Step 4 mdash Calculate the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance Value
The choice of the Dynamic Brake resistance value should be less than the value calculated in Step 4 If the resistance value is greater than the value calculated in Step 4 the drive can trip on DC Bus overvoltage
Step 5 mdash Calculate the Minimum Chopper Module Current Rating
The value of Id1 sets the minimum current rating for the Chopper Module When choosing a Chopper Module the current rating for the Chopper Transistor must be greater than or equal to the value calculated for Id1
Step 6 mdash Calculate the Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistor Value
This step calculates the minimum resistance value that the Dynamic Brake Resistor can have If a lower resistance were to be used with the Chopper Module of choice the IGBT could be damaged from overcurrent
Rdb1 =
Rdb1 = Maximum allowable value for the dynamic brakeresistor (ohms)
Vd = DC Bus voltage the chopper module regulates to(375V DC 750V DC or 9375V DC)
Pb = Peak braking power calculated in Step 2 (watts)
Vd2
Pb
Rdb1 = [ ]
[ ]Rdb1 = _________ ohms
Id1 =
Id1 = Minimum current flow through Chopper Transistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Rdb1 = Value of Dynamic Brake Resistor calculated in Step 3
Vd
Rdb1
Id1 = [ ][ ]
Id1 = __________ amps
Rdb2 =
Rdb2 = Minimum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Id2 = Value of Chopper Module current rating
Vd
075 Id2
Rdb2 = [ ][ ]
Rdb2 = __________ ohms
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking10
Step 7 mdash Choose the Dynamic Brake Resistance ValueUse to Table 1a 2a or 3a to choose the correct table based on the Chopper Modulersquos regulating voltage
1 Find the column that lists the value of Dynamic Brake Resistance for the various Dynamic Brake Resistor assemblies
2 Choose the resistor value that lies between Rdb1 and Rdb2Preferred resistance values are as close Rdb1 as possible
Step 8 mdash Estimate the Minimum Wattage Requirements for the Dynamic Brake ResistorIt is assumed that the application exhibits a periodic function of acceleration and deceleration If (t3 - t2) equals the time in seconds necessary for deceleration from rated speed to 0 speed and t4 is the time in seconds before the process repeats itself then the average duty cycle is (t3 - t2)t4 The power as a function of time is a linearly decreasing function from a value equal to the peak regenerative power to 0 after (t3 - t2) seconds have elapsed The average power regenerated over the interval of (t3 - t2) seconds is Pb2 The average power in watts regenerated over the period t4 is
The Dynamic Brake Resistor power rating in watts that is chosen should be equal to or greater than the value calculated in Step 8
Example Calculation Application Information
A 100 HP 460 Volt motor and drive is accelerating and decelerating as depicted in Figure 2
bull Cycle period (t4) is 60 seconds
bull Rated speed is 1785 RPMbull Deceleration time from rated speed to 0 speed is 60 secondsbull Motor load can be considered purely as an inertiabull All power expended or absorbed by the motor is absorbed by the
motor and load inertiabull Load inertia is directly coupled to the motor
bull Motor inertia plus load inertia is given as 961 kg-m2
Pav =
Pav = Average dynamic brake resister dissipation (watts)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
t4 = Total cycle time or period of process (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)
ωb = Rated motor speed (Rad s)
ωo = A lower motor speed (Rad s)
[t3 - t2]
t4
Pav = [ ndash ]
[ ]
[ ]2
Pav = _________ watts
Pb
2
ωb + ωo
ωb( )
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 11
Calculate Application Values
Use the Application Information to calculate the necessary values to choose an acceptable Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Rated Power of Motor = 100 HP times 746 = 746 kWThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in horsepower convert to watts before using in the equations
Rated Speed = 1785 RPM = 2π times 178560 = 18693 Rads = ωThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in RPM convert to radians per second before using in the equations
Total Inertia = 961 kg-m2 = JT
If this value is given in lb-ft2 or Wk2 convert to kg-m2 before using in the equations Total inertia is given and does not need further calculations as outlined in Step 2
Deceleration Time = 60 seconds = (t3 - t2)
Period of Cycle = 60 seconds = t4
DC Bus Voltage = 750 Volts = Vd
This is known because the drive is rated at 460 Volts rmsIf a drive is rated 230 Volts rms Vd = 375 VoltsIf a drive is rated 575 Volts rms Vd = 9375 Volts
Select the Correct Chopper Module
Peak Braking Power = JTω2(t3 - t2) = 5596 kW = Pb
This is 75 rated power and is less than the maximum drive limit of 150 current limit This calculation is the result of Step 3 and determines the peak power that must be dissipated by the Dynamic Brake Resistor
This calculation is the result of Step 4 and determines the maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor Note that a choice of Vd = 750 Volts DC was made based on the premise that the drive is rated at 460 Volts
Minimum Current Flow = VdRdb1 = 7462 amps = Id1This calculation is the result of Step 5 This is the minimum value of current that will flow through the Dynamic Brake Resistor when the Chopper Module Transistor is turned on Refer to Table 2b in the Installation Instructions for the Brake Chopper Module Publication 1336-565 Choose the Brake Chopper Module whose peak current capacity is greater than 7462 amps The correct choice must be the WB035 Chopper Module because it has a current rating greater than 7462 amps
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking12
Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistance = VdId2 = 10 ohms = Rdb2This is the result of Step 6 and is also included as a value in Table 2b
Choose the 104 ohms resistor type T10F4R2K97 rated at 297 kW from Table 2a
Average Power Dissipation = [(t3 - t2)t4]Pb2 = 28 kW = Pav
This is the result of calculating the average power dissipation as outlined in Step 8 Verify that the power rating of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen in Step 7 is greater than the value calculated in Step 8 Note that the actual resistor wattage rating is much greater than what is needed The type T10F4R2K97 assembly is the best choice based on resistance and wattage values
Ordering Resistors Resistor assemblies listed are manufactured by IPC Power Resistors International Incorporated and Powerohm Resistors Incorporated and have been tested with Allen-Bradley Chopper Modules
Available resistor assembly options include an overtemperature switch (see Wiring Schemes) auxiliary terminal blocks and custom enclosures
For purchase information contact
IPC Power Resistors International Inc167 Gap WayErlanger KY 41018Tel 859-282-2900 Fax (859) 282-2904wwwipcresistorscom
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking2
What This Option Provides The brake chopper module is an open style assembly that together with customer supplied braking resistors can increase the braking torque capability of a 1336 1336VT 1336PLUS 1336PLUSII 1336FORCE or 1336IMPACT drive from approximately 10 to 100
Where This Option is Used B003-B250 and C003-C250 1336 Drives
B003-B250 1336VT Drives
AQF05-A125 BRF05-B600 and CWF10-C600 1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Drives
A001-A125 B001-B600 and C001-C650 1336FORCE and 1336IMPACT Drives
What These Instructions Contain
These instructions contain the necessary information to select configure and install dynamic braking By completing Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance first you will be able to determine
1 Whether or not dynamic braking is required for your application
2 If dynamic braking is required the rating and quantity of chopper modules required as well as the size and type of braking resistors required
How Dynamic Braking Works When an induction motorrsquos rotor is turning slower than the synchronous speed set by the driversquos output power the motor is transforming electrical energy obtained from the drive into mechanical energy available at the drive shaft of the motor This process is referred to as motoring When the rotor is turning faster than the synchronous speed set by the driversquos output power the motor is transforming mechanical energy available at the drive shaft of the motor into electrical energy that can be transferred back into the utility grid This process is referred to as regeneration
Most AC PWM drives convert AC power from the fixed frequency utility grid into DC power by means of a diode rectifier bridge or controlled SCR bridge before it is inverted into variable frequency AC power Diode and SCR bridges are cost effective but can only handle power in the motoring direction Therefore if the motor is regenerating the bridge cannot conduct
the necessary negative DC current the DC bus voltage will increase and cause a Bus Overvoltage trip at the drive
Expensive bridge configurations use SCRs or transistors that can transform DC regenerative electrical energy into fixed frequency utility electrical energy A more cost effective solution is to provide a Transistor Chopper on the DC Bus of the AC PWM drive that feeds a power resistor which transforms the regenerative electrical energy into thermal energy This is generally referred to as Dynamic Braking
How the Chopper Module Works
Figure 1 shows a simplified schematic of a Chopper Module with Dynamic Brake Resistor The Chopper Module is shown connected to the positive and negative conductors of an AC PWM Drive The two series connected Bus Caps are part of the DC Bus filter of the AC Drive
A Chopper Module contains five significant power components
Protective fuses are sized to work in conjunction with a Crowbar SCR Sensing circuitry within the Chopper Transistor Voltage Control determines if an abnormal conditions exist within the Chopper Module such as a shorted Chopper Transistor When an abnormal condition is sensed the Chopper Transistor Voltage Control will fire the Crowbar SCR shorting the DC Bus and melting the fuse links This action isolates the Chopper Module from the DC Bus until the problem can be resolved
The Chopper Transistor is an Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) The Chopper Transistor is either ON or OFF connecting the Dynamic Brake Resistor to the DC Bus and dissipating power or isolating the resistor from the DC Bus There are several transistor ratings that are used in the various Chopper Module ratings The most important rating is the collector current rating of the Chopper Transistor that helps to determine the minimum ohmic value used for the Dynamic Brake Resistor
Chopper Transistor Voltage Control (hysteretic voltage comparator) regulates the voltage of the DC Bus during regeneration The average values of DC Bus voltages are
bull 375V DC (for 230V AC input)
bull 750V DC (for 460V AC input)
bull 9375V DC (for 575V AC input)
Voltage dividers reduce the DC Bus voltage to a value that is usable in signal circuit isolation and control The DC Bus feedback voltage from the voltage dividers is compared to a reference voltage to actuate the Chopper Transistor
The Freewheel Diode (FWD) in parallel with the Dynamic Brake Resistor allows any magnetic energy stored in the parasitic inductance of that circuit to be safely dissipated during turn off of the Chopper Transistor
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking4
Figure 1Schematic of Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Chopper Modules are designed to be applied in parallel if the current rating is insufficient for the application One Chopper Module is the designated Master Chopper Module while any other Modules are the designated Follower Modules
Two lights are provided on the front of the enclosure to indicate operation
bull DC Power light illuminates when DC power has been applied to the Chopper Module
bull Brake On light flickers when the Chopper Module is operating (chopping)
Bus Caps
Bus Caps
CrowbarSCR
SignalCommon
DynamicBrake
Resistor
ChopperTransistor
Chopper TransistorVoltage Control
ToVoltageControl
ToVoltageControl
ToVoltageControl
ToCrowbarSCR Gate
Fuse
ndash DC Bus
+ DC Bus
Fuse
ToVoltage Dividers
VoltageDivider
VoltageDivider
FWD
FWD
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 5
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
As a rule a Chopper Module can be specified when regenerative energy is dissipated on an occasional or periodic basis In general the motor power rating speed torque and details regarding the regenerative mode of operation will be needed in order to estimate what Chopper Module rating and Dynamic Brake Resistor value to use If a drive is consistently operating in the regenerative mode of operation serious consideration should be given to equipment that will transform the electrical energy back to the fixed frequency utility
In order to select the appropriate Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor for your application the following data must be calculated
Peak Regenerative Power of the Drive (Expressed in watts of power)
This value is used to determine
bull The minimum current rating of the Chopper ModuleChoose the actual current rating from the selection tables
bull The estimated maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake ResistorIf this value is greater than the maximum imposed by the peak regenerative power of the drive the drive can trip off due to transient DC Bus overvoltage problems
Minimum Dynamic Brake ResistanceIf a Dynamic Brake Resistance value that is less than the minimum imposed by the choice of the Chopper Module is applied damage can occur to the Chopper Transistor
Dynamic Brake Resistorrsquos Allowable Ohmic Value Range(Use the Chopper Module current rating to determine this range)
These values range between the minimum value set by the Chopper Transistor current rating and the maximum value set by the peak regenerative power developed by the drive in order to decelerate or satisfy other regenerative applications
Wattage Rating of the Dynamic Brake ResistorThis rating is estimated by applying what is known about the driversquos motoring and regenerating modes of operation The average power dissipation of the regenerative mode must be estimated and the wattage of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen to be greater than the average regenerative power dissipation of the drive
Dynamic Brake Resistors with large thermodynamic heat capacities defined as thermal time constants less than 5 seconds are able to absorb a large amount of energy without the temperature of the resistor element exceeding the operational temperature rating Thermal time constants in the order of 50 seconds and higher satisfy the criteria of large heat capacities for these applications If a resistor has a small heat capacity the temperature of the resistor element could exceed maximum temperature limits during the application of pulse power to the element
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking6
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
The following calculations are demonstrated using The International System of Units (SI)
Gather the following information
bull Power rating from motor nameplate in watts kilowatts or horsepower
bull Speed rating from motor nameplate in rpm or rps (radians per second)
bull Motor inertia and load inertia in kg-m2 or lb-ft2
bull Gear ratio (GR) if a gear is present between the motor and load
bull Motor shaft speed torque and power profile of the drive application
Figure 2 shows the speed torque and power profiles of the drive as a function of time for a particular cyclic application that is periodic over t4 seconds The desired time to decelerate is known or calculable and is within the drive performance limits In Figure 2 the following variables are defined
ω(t) = Motor shaft speed in radians per second (rps)
N(t) = Motor shaft speed in Revolutions Per Minute (RPM)
T(t) = Motor shaft torque in Newton-meters10 lb-ft = 1355818 N-m
P(t) = Motor shaft power in watts10 HP = 746 watts
-Pb = Motor shaft peak regenerative power in watts
ω Rad
s2πN60
=
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 7
Figure 2Application Speed Torque and Power Profiles
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
ω(t)
T(t)
P(t)
-Pb
ωo
ωb
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking8
Step 1 mdash Determine Gear Ratio
Step 2 mdash Determine the Total Inertia
Step 3 mdash Calculate the Peak Braking Power
Compare the peak braking power to that of the rated motor power If the peak braking power is greater that 15 times that of the motor then the deceleration time (t3 - t2) needs to be increased so that the drive does not go into current limit
GR = _________
GR= Turns of LoadTurns of Motor
JT = Jm + GR2 JL JT = Total inertia reflected to the motor shaft (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
Jm = Motor inertia (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
GR = Gear ratio of any gear between motor and load (dimensionless)
ωo = Angular rotational speedless than rated speed down to zero (Rad s)
Nb = Rated motor speed (RPM)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)10 HP = 746 watts
JT ωb (ωb - ωo)
(t3 - t2)
Pb = [ ( - )]
[ ndash ]Pb = __________watts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 9
Step 4 mdash Calculate the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance Value
The choice of the Dynamic Brake resistance value should be less than the value calculated in Step 4 If the resistance value is greater than the value calculated in Step 4 the drive can trip on DC Bus overvoltage
Step 5 mdash Calculate the Minimum Chopper Module Current Rating
The value of Id1 sets the minimum current rating for the Chopper Module When choosing a Chopper Module the current rating for the Chopper Transistor must be greater than or equal to the value calculated for Id1
Step 6 mdash Calculate the Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistor Value
This step calculates the minimum resistance value that the Dynamic Brake Resistor can have If a lower resistance were to be used with the Chopper Module of choice the IGBT could be damaged from overcurrent
Rdb1 =
Rdb1 = Maximum allowable value for the dynamic brakeresistor (ohms)
Vd = DC Bus voltage the chopper module regulates to(375V DC 750V DC or 9375V DC)
Pb = Peak braking power calculated in Step 2 (watts)
Vd2
Pb
Rdb1 = [ ]
[ ]Rdb1 = _________ ohms
Id1 =
Id1 = Minimum current flow through Chopper Transistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Rdb1 = Value of Dynamic Brake Resistor calculated in Step 3
Vd
Rdb1
Id1 = [ ][ ]
Id1 = __________ amps
Rdb2 =
Rdb2 = Minimum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Id2 = Value of Chopper Module current rating
Vd
075 Id2
Rdb2 = [ ][ ]
Rdb2 = __________ ohms
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking10
Step 7 mdash Choose the Dynamic Brake Resistance ValueUse to Table 1a 2a or 3a to choose the correct table based on the Chopper Modulersquos regulating voltage
1 Find the column that lists the value of Dynamic Brake Resistance for the various Dynamic Brake Resistor assemblies
2 Choose the resistor value that lies between Rdb1 and Rdb2Preferred resistance values are as close Rdb1 as possible
Step 8 mdash Estimate the Minimum Wattage Requirements for the Dynamic Brake ResistorIt is assumed that the application exhibits a periodic function of acceleration and deceleration If (t3 - t2) equals the time in seconds necessary for deceleration from rated speed to 0 speed and t4 is the time in seconds before the process repeats itself then the average duty cycle is (t3 - t2)t4 The power as a function of time is a linearly decreasing function from a value equal to the peak regenerative power to 0 after (t3 - t2) seconds have elapsed The average power regenerated over the interval of (t3 - t2) seconds is Pb2 The average power in watts regenerated over the period t4 is
The Dynamic Brake Resistor power rating in watts that is chosen should be equal to or greater than the value calculated in Step 8
Example Calculation Application Information
A 100 HP 460 Volt motor and drive is accelerating and decelerating as depicted in Figure 2
bull Cycle period (t4) is 60 seconds
bull Rated speed is 1785 RPMbull Deceleration time from rated speed to 0 speed is 60 secondsbull Motor load can be considered purely as an inertiabull All power expended or absorbed by the motor is absorbed by the
motor and load inertiabull Load inertia is directly coupled to the motor
bull Motor inertia plus load inertia is given as 961 kg-m2
Pav =
Pav = Average dynamic brake resister dissipation (watts)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
t4 = Total cycle time or period of process (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)
ωb = Rated motor speed (Rad s)
ωo = A lower motor speed (Rad s)
[t3 - t2]
t4
Pav = [ ndash ]
[ ]
[ ]2
Pav = _________ watts
Pb
2
ωb + ωo
ωb( )
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 11
Calculate Application Values
Use the Application Information to calculate the necessary values to choose an acceptable Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Rated Power of Motor = 100 HP times 746 = 746 kWThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in horsepower convert to watts before using in the equations
Rated Speed = 1785 RPM = 2π times 178560 = 18693 Rads = ωThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in RPM convert to radians per second before using in the equations
Total Inertia = 961 kg-m2 = JT
If this value is given in lb-ft2 or Wk2 convert to kg-m2 before using in the equations Total inertia is given and does not need further calculations as outlined in Step 2
Deceleration Time = 60 seconds = (t3 - t2)
Period of Cycle = 60 seconds = t4
DC Bus Voltage = 750 Volts = Vd
This is known because the drive is rated at 460 Volts rmsIf a drive is rated 230 Volts rms Vd = 375 VoltsIf a drive is rated 575 Volts rms Vd = 9375 Volts
Select the Correct Chopper Module
Peak Braking Power = JTω2(t3 - t2) = 5596 kW = Pb
This is 75 rated power and is less than the maximum drive limit of 150 current limit This calculation is the result of Step 3 and determines the peak power that must be dissipated by the Dynamic Brake Resistor
This calculation is the result of Step 4 and determines the maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor Note that a choice of Vd = 750 Volts DC was made based on the premise that the drive is rated at 460 Volts
Minimum Current Flow = VdRdb1 = 7462 amps = Id1This calculation is the result of Step 5 This is the minimum value of current that will flow through the Dynamic Brake Resistor when the Chopper Module Transistor is turned on Refer to Table 2b in the Installation Instructions for the Brake Chopper Module Publication 1336-565 Choose the Brake Chopper Module whose peak current capacity is greater than 7462 amps The correct choice must be the WB035 Chopper Module because it has a current rating greater than 7462 amps
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking12
Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistance = VdId2 = 10 ohms = Rdb2This is the result of Step 6 and is also included as a value in Table 2b
Choose the 104 ohms resistor type T10F4R2K97 rated at 297 kW from Table 2a
Average Power Dissipation = [(t3 - t2)t4]Pb2 = 28 kW = Pav
This is the result of calculating the average power dissipation as outlined in Step 8 Verify that the power rating of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen in Step 7 is greater than the value calculated in Step 8 Note that the actual resistor wattage rating is much greater than what is needed The type T10F4R2K97 assembly is the best choice based on resistance and wattage values
Ordering Resistors Resistor assemblies listed are manufactured by IPC Power Resistors International Incorporated and Powerohm Resistors Incorporated and have been tested with Allen-Bradley Chopper Modules
Available resistor assembly options include an overtemperature switch (see Wiring Schemes) auxiliary terminal blocks and custom enclosures
For purchase information contact
IPC Power Resistors International Inc167 Gap WayErlanger KY 41018Tel 859-282-2900 Fax (859) 282-2904wwwipcresistorscom
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 3
the necessary negative DC current the DC bus voltage will increase and cause a Bus Overvoltage trip at the drive
Expensive bridge configurations use SCRs or transistors that can transform DC regenerative electrical energy into fixed frequency utility electrical energy A more cost effective solution is to provide a Transistor Chopper on the DC Bus of the AC PWM drive that feeds a power resistor which transforms the regenerative electrical energy into thermal energy This is generally referred to as Dynamic Braking
How the Chopper Module Works
Figure 1 shows a simplified schematic of a Chopper Module with Dynamic Brake Resistor The Chopper Module is shown connected to the positive and negative conductors of an AC PWM Drive The two series connected Bus Caps are part of the DC Bus filter of the AC Drive
A Chopper Module contains five significant power components
Protective fuses are sized to work in conjunction with a Crowbar SCR Sensing circuitry within the Chopper Transistor Voltage Control determines if an abnormal conditions exist within the Chopper Module such as a shorted Chopper Transistor When an abnormal condition is sensed the Chopper Transistor Voltage Control will fire the Crowbar SCR shorting the DC Bus and melting the fuse links This action isolates the Chopper Module from the DC Bus until the problem can be resolved
The Chopper Transistor is an Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) The Chopper Transistor is either ON or OFF connecting the Dynamic Brake Resistor to the DC Bus and dissipating power or isolating the resistor from the DC Bus There are several transistor ratings that are used in the various Chopper Module ratings The most important rating is the collector current rating of the Chopper Transistor that helps to determine the minimum ohmic value used for the Dynamic Brake Resistor
Chopper Transistor Voltage Control (hysteretic voltage comparator) regulates the voltage of the DC Bus during regeneration The average values of DC Bus voltages are
bull 375V DC (for 230V AC input)
bull 750V DC (for 460V AC input)
bull 9375V DC (for 575V AC input)
Voltage dividers reduce the DC Bus voltage to a value that is usable in signal circuit isolation and control The DC Bus feedback voltage from the voltage dividers is compared to a reference voltage to actuate the Chopper Transistor
The Freewheel Diode (FWD) in parallel with the Dynamic Brake Resistor allows any magnetic energy stored in the parasitic inductance of that circuit to be safely dissipated during turn off of the Chopper Transistor
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking4
Figure 1Schematic of Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Chopper Modules are designed to be applied in parallel if the current rating is insufficient for the application One Chopper Module is the designated Master Chopper Module while any other Modules are the designated Follower Modules
Two lights are provided on the front of the enclosure to indicate operation
bull DC Power light illuminates when DC power has been applied to the Chopper Module
bull Brake On light flickers when the Chopper Module is operating (chopping)
Bus Caps
Bus Caps
CrowbarSCR
SignalCommon
DynamicBrake
Resistor
ChopperTransistor
Chopper TransistorVoltage Control
ToVoltageControl
ToVoltageControl
ToVoltageControl
ToCrowbarSCR Gate
Fuse
ndash DC Bus
+ DC Bus
Fuse
ToVoltage Dividers
VoltageDivider
VoltageDivider
FWD
FWD
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 5
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
As a rule a Chopper Module can be specified when regenerative energy is dissipated on an occasional or periodic basis In general the motor power rating speed torque and details regarding the regenerative mode of operation will be needed in order to estimate what Chopper Module rating and Dynamic Brake Resistor value to use If a drive is consistently operating in the regenerative mode of operation serious consideration should be given to equipment that will transform the electrical energy back to the fixed frequency utility
In order to select the appropriate Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor for your application the following data must be calculated
Peak Regenerative Power of the Drive (Expressed in watts of power)
This value is used to determine
bull The minimum current rating of the Chopper ModuleChoose the actual current rating from the selection tables
bull The estimated maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake ResistorIf this value is greater than the maximum imposed by the peak regenerative power of the drive the drive can trip off due to transient DC Bus overvoltage problems
Minimum Dynamic Brake ResistanceIf a Dynamic Brake Resistance value that is less than the minimum imposed by the choice of the Chopper Module is applied damage can occur to the Chopper Transistor
Dynamic Brake Resistorrsquos Allowable Ohmic Value Range(Use the Chopper Module current rating to determine this range)
These values range between the minimum value set by the Chopper Transistor current rating and the maximum value set by the peak regenerative power developed by the drive in order to decelerate or satisfy other regenerative applications
Wattage Rating of the Dynamic Brake ResistorThis rating is estimated by applying what is known about the driversquos motoring and regenerating modes of operation The average power dissipation of the regenerative mode must be estimated and the wattage of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen to be greater than the average regenerative power dissipation of the drive
Dynamic Brake Resistors with large thermodynamic heat capacities defined as thermal time constants less than 5 seconds are able to absorb a large amount of energy without the temperature of the resistor element exceeding the operational temperature rating Thermal time constants in the order of 50 seconds and higher satisfy the criteria of large heat capacities for these applications If a resistor has a small heat capacity the temperature of the resistor element could exceed maximum temperature limits during the application of pulse power to the element
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking6
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
The following calculations are demonstrated using The International System of Units (SI)
Gather the following information
bull Power rating from motor nameplate in watts kilowatts or horsepower
bull Speed rating from motor nameplate in rpm or rps (radians per second)
bull Motor inertia and load inertia in kg-m2 or lb-ft2
bull Gear ratio (GR) if a gear is present between the motor and load
bull Motor shaft speed torque and power profile of the drive application
Figure 2 shows the speed torque and power profiles of the drive as a function of time for a particular cyclic application that is periodic over t4 seconds The desired time to decelerate is known or calculable and is within the drive performance limits In Figure 2 the following variables are defined
ω(t) = Motor shaft speed in radians per second (rps)
N(t) = Motor shaft speed in Revolutions Per Minute (RPM)
T(t) = Motor shaft torque in Newton-meters10 lb-ft = 1355818 N-m
P(t) = Motor shaft power in watts10 HP = 746 watts
-Pb = Motor shaft peak regenerative power in watts
ω Rad
s2πN60
=
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 7
Figure 2Application Speed Torque and Power Profiles
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
ω(t)
T(t)
P(t)
-Pb
ωo
ωb
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking8
Step 1 mdash Determine Gear Ratio
Step 2 mdash Determine the Total Inertia
Step 3 mdash Calculate the Peak Braking Power
Compare the peak braking power to that of the rated motor power If the peak braking power is greater that 15 times that of the motor then the deceleration time (t3 - t2) needs to be increased so that the drive does not go into current limit
GR = _________
GR= Turns of LoadTurns of Motor
JT = Jm + GR2 JL JT = Total inertia reflected to the motor shaft (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
Jm = Motor inertia (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
GR = Gear ratio of any gear between motor and load (dimensionless)
ωo = Angular rotational speedless than rated speed down to zero (Rad s)
Nb = Rated motor speed (RPM)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)10 HP = 746 watts
JT ωb (ωb - ωo)
(t3 - t2)
Pb = [ ( - )]
[ ndash ]Pb = __________watts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 9
Step 4 mdash Calculate the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance Value
The choice of the Dynamic Brake resistance value should be less than the value calculated in Step 4 If the resistance value is greater than the value calculated in Step 4 the drive can trip on DC Bus overvoltage
Step 5 mdash Calculate the Minimum Chopper Module Current Rating
The value of Id1 sets the minimum current rating for the Chopper Module When choosing a Chopper Module the current rating for the Chopper Transistor must be greater than or equal to the value calculated for Id1
Step 6 mdash Calculate the Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistor Value
This step calculates the minimum resistance value that the Dynamic Brake Resistor can have If a lower resistance were to be used with the Chopper Module of choice the IGBT could be damaged from overcurrent
Rdb1 =
Rdb1 = Maximum allowable value for the dynamic brakeresistor (ohms)
Vd = DC Bus voltage the chopper module regulates to(375V DC 750V DC or 9375V DC)
Pb = Peak braking power calculated in Step 2 (watts)
Vd2
Pb
Rdb1 = [ ]
[ ]Rdb1 = _________ ohms
Id1 =
Id1 = Minimum current flow through Chopper Transistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Rdb1 = Value of Dynamic Brake Resistor calculated in Step 3
Vd
Rdb1
Id1 = [ ][ ]
Id1 = __________ amps
Rdb2 =
Rdb2 = Minimum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Id2 = Value of Chopper Module current rating
Vd
075 Id2
Rdb2 = [ ][ ]
Rdb2 = __________ ohms
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking10
Step 7 mdash Choose the Dynamic Brake Resistance ValueUse to Table 1a 2a or 3a to choose the correct table based on the Chopper Modulersquos regulating voltage
1 Find the column that lists the value of Dynamic Brake Resistance for the various Dynamic Brake Resistor assemblies
2 Choose the resistor value that lies between Rdb1 and Rdb2Preferred resistance values are as close Rdb1 as possible
Step 8 mdash Estimate the Minimum Wattage Requirements for the Dynamic Brake ResistorIt is assumed that the application exhibits a periodic function of acceleration and deceleration If (t3 - t2) equals the time in seconds necessary for deceleration from rated speed to 0 speed and t4 is the time in seconds before the process repeats itself then the average duty cycle is (t3 - t2)t4 The power as a function of time is a linearly decreasing function from a value equal to the peak regenerative power to 0 after (t3 - t2) seconds have elapsed The average power regenerated over the interval of (t3 - t2) seconds is Pb2 The average power in watts regenerated over the period t4 is
The Dynamic Brake Resistor power rating in watts that is chosen should be equal to or greater than the value calculated in Step 8
Example Calculation Application Information
A 100 HP 460 Volt motor and drive is accelerating and decelerating as depicted in Figure 2
bull Cycle period (t4) is 60 seconds
bull Rated speed is 1785 RPMbull Deceleration time from rated speed to 0 speed is 60 secondsbull Motor load can be considered purely as an inertiabull All power expended or absorbed by the motor is absorbed by the
motor and load inertiabull Load inertia is directly coupled to the motor
bull Motor inertia plus load inertia is given as 961 kg-m2
Pav =
Pav = Average dynamic brake resister dissipation (watts)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
t4 = Total cycle time or period of process (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)
ωb = Rated motor speed (Rad s)
ωo = A lower motor speed (Rad s)
[t3 - t2]
t4
Pav = [ ndash ]
[ ]
[ ]2
Pav = _________ watts
Pb
2
ωb + ωo
ωb( )
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 11
Calculate Application Values
Use the Application Information to calculate the necessary values to choose an acceptable Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Rated Power of Motor = 100 HP times 746 = 746 kWThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in horsepower convert to watts before using in the equations
Rated Speed = 1785 RPM = 2π times 178560 = 18693 Rads = ωThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in RPM convert to radians per second before using in the equations
Total Inertia = 961 kg-m2 = JT
If this value is given in lb-ft2 or Wk2 convert to kg-m2 before using in the equations Total inertia is given and does not need further calculations as outlined in Step 2
Deceleration Time = 60 seconds = (t3 - t2)
Period of Cycle = 60 seconds = t4
DC Bus Voltage = 750 Volts = Vd
This is known because the drive is rated at 460 Volts rmsIf a drive is rated 230 Volts rms Vd = 375 VoltsIf a drive is rated 575 Volts rms Vd = 9375 Volts
Select the Correct Chopper Module
Peak Braking Power = JTω2(t3 - t2) = 5596 kW = Pb
This is 75 rated power and is less than the maximum drive limit of 150 current limit This calculation is the result of Step 3 and determines the peak power that must be dissipated by the Dynamic Brake Resistor
This calculation is the result of Step 4 and determines the maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor Note that a choice of Vd = 750 Volts DC was made based on the premise that the drive is rated at 460 Volts
Minimum Current Flow = VdRdb1 = 7462 amps = Id1This calculation is the result of Step 5 This is the minimum value of current that will flow through the Dynamic Brake Resistor when the Chopper Module Transistor is turned on Refer to Table 2b in the Installation Instructions for the Brake Chopper Module Publication 1336-565 Choose the Brake Chopper Module whose peak current capacity is greater than 7462 amps The correct choice must be the WB035 Chopper Module because it has a current rating greater than 7462 amps
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking12
Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistance = VdId2 = 10 ohms = Rdb2This is the result of Step 6 and is also included as a value in Table 2b
Choose the 104 ohms resistor type T10F4R2K97 rated at 297 kW from Table 2a
Average Power Dissipation = [(t3 - t2)t4]Pb2 = 28 kW = Pav
This is the result of calculating the average power dissipation as outlined in Step 8 Verify that the power rating of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen in Step 7 is greater than the value calculated in Step 8 Note that the actual resistor wattage rating is much greater than what is needed The type T10F4R2K97 assembly is the best choice based on resistance and wattage values
Ordering Resistors Resistor assemblies listed are manufactured by IPC Power Resistors International Incorporated and Powerohm Resistors Incorporated and have been tested with Allen-Bradley Chopper Modules
Available resistor assembly options include an overtemperature switch (see Wiring Schemes) auxiliary terminal blocks and custom enclosures
For purchase information contact
IPC Power Resistors International Inc167 Gap WayErlanger KY 41018Tel 859-282-2900 Fax (859) 282-2904wwwipcresistorscom
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking4
Figure 1Schematic of Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Chopper Modules are designed to be applied in parallel if the current rating is insufficient for the application One Chopper Module is the designated Master Chopper Module while any other Modules are the designated Follower Modules
Two lights are provided on the front of the enclosure to indicate operation
bull DC Power light illuminates when DC power has been applied to the Chopper Module
bull Brake On light flickers when the Chopper Module is operating (chopping)
Bus Caps
Bus Caps
CrowbarSCR
SignalCommon
DynamicBrake
Resistor
ChopperTransistor
Chopper TransistorVoltage Control
ToVoltageControl
ToVoltageControl
ToVoltageControl
ToCrowbarSCR Gate
Fuse
ndash DC Bus
+ DC Bus
Fuse
ToVoltage Dividers
VoltageDivider
VoltageDivider
FWD
FWD
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 5
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
As a rule a Chopper Module can be specified when regenerative energy is dissipated on an occasional or periodic basis In general the motor power rating speed torque and details regarding the regenerative mode of operation will be needed in order to estimate what Chopper Module rating and Dynamic Brake Resistor value to use If a drive is consistently operating in the regenerative mode of operation serious consideration should be given to equipment that will transform the electrical energy back to the fixed frequency utility
In order to select the appropriate Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor for your application the following data must be calculated
Peak Regenerative Power of the Drive (Expressed in watts of power)
This value is used to determine
bull The minimum current rating of the Chopper ModuleChoose the actual current rating from the selection tables
bull The estimated maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake ResistorIf this value is greater than the maximum imposed by the peak regenerative power of the drive the drive can trip off due to transient DC Bus overvoltage problems
Minimum Dynamic Brake ResistanceIf a Dynamic Brake Resistance value that is less than the minimum imposed by the choice of the Chopper Module is applied damage can occur to the Chopper Transistor
Dynamic Brake Resistorrsquos Allowable Ohmic Value Range(Use the Chopper Module current rating to determine this range)
These values range between the minimum value set by the Chopper Transistor current rating and the maximum value set by the peak regenerative power developed by the drive in order to decelerate or satisfy other regenerative applications
Wattage Rating of the Dynamic Brake ResistorThis rating is estimated by applying what is known about the driversquos motoring and regenerating modes of operation The average power dissipation of the regenerative mode must be estimated and the wattage of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen to be greater than the average regenerative power dissipation of the drive
Dynamic Brake Resistors with large thermodynamic heat capacities defined as thermal time constants less than 5 seconds are able to absorb a large amount of energy without the temperature of the resistor element exceeding the operational temperature rating Thermal time constants in the order of 50 seconds and higher satisfy the criteria of large heat capacities for these applications If a resistor has a small heat capacity the temperature of the resistor element could exceed maximum temperature limits during the application of pulse power to the element
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking6
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
The following calculations are demonstrated using The International System of Units (SI)
Gather the following information
bull Power rating from motor nameplate in watts kilowatts or horsepower
bull Speed rating from motor nameplate in rpm or rps (radians per second)
bull Motor inertia and load inertia in kg-m2 or lb-ft2
bull Gear ratio (GR) if a gear is present between the motor and load
bull Motor shaft speed torque and power profile of the drive application
Figure 2 shows the speed torque and power profiles of the drive as a function of time for a particular cyclic application that is periodic over t4 seconds The desired time to decelerate is known or calculable and is within the drive performance limits In Figure 2 the following variables are defined
ω(t) = Motor shaft speed in radians per second (rps)
N(t) = Motor shaft speed in Revolutions Per Minute (RPM)
T(t) = Motor shaft torque in Newton-meters10 lb-ft = 1355818 N-m
P(t) = Motor shaft power in watts10 HP = 746 watts
-Pb = Motor shaft peak regenerative power in watts
ω Rad
s2πN60
=
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 7
Figure 2Application Speed Torque and Power Profiles
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
ω(t)
T(t)
P(t)
-Pb
ωo
ωb
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking8
Step 1 mdash Determine Gear Ratio
Step 2 mdash Determine the Total Inertia
Step 3 mdash Calculate the Peak Braking Power
Compare the peak braking power to that of the rated motor power If the peak braking power is greater that 15 times that of the motor then the deceleration time (t3 - t2) needs to be increased so that the drive does not go into current limit
GR = _________
GR= Turns of LoadTurns of Motor
JT = Jm + GR2 JL JT = Total inertia reflected to the motor shaft (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
Jm = Motor inertia (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
GR = Gear ratio of any gear between motor and load (dimensionless)
ωo = Angular rotational speedless than rated speed down to zero (Rad s)
Nb = Rated motor speed (RPM)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)10 HP = 746 watts
JT ωb (ωb - ωo)
(t3 - t2)
Pb = [ ( - )]
[ ndash ]Pb = __________watts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 9
Step 4 mdash Calculate the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance Value
The choice of the Dynamic Brake resistance value should be less than the value calculated in Step 4 If the resistance value is greater than the value calculated in Step 4 the drive can trip on DC Bus overvoltage
Step 5 mdash Calculate the Minimum Chopper Module Current Rating
The value of Id1 sets the minimum current rating for the Chopper Module When choosing a Chopper Module the current rating for the Chopper Transistor must be greater than or equal to the value calculated for Id1
Step 6 mdash Calculate the Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistor Value
This step calculates the minimum resistance value that the Dynamic Brake Resistor can have If a lower resistance were to be used with the Chopper Module of choice the IGBT could be damaged from overcurrent
Rdb1 =
Rdb1 = Maximum allowable value for the dynamic brakeresistor (ohms)
Vd = DC Bus voltage the chopper module regulates to(375V DC 750V DC or 9375V DC)
Pb = Peak braking power calculated in Step 2 (watts)
Vd2
Pb
Rdb1 = [ ]
[ ]Rdb1 = _________ ohms
Id1 =
Id1 = Minimum current flow through Chopper Transistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Rdb1 = Value of Dynamic Brake Resistor calculated in Step 3
Vd
Rdb1
Id1 = [ ][ ]
Id1 = __________ amps
Rdb2 =
Rdb2 = Minimum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Id2 = Value of Chopper Module current rating
Vd
075 Id2
Rdb2 = [ ][ ]
Rdb2 = __________ ohms
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking10
Step 7 mdash Choose the Dynamic Brake Resistance ValueUse to Table 1a 2a or 3a to choose the correct table based on the Chopper Modulersquos regulating voltage
1 Find the column that lists the value of Dynamic Brake Resistance for the various Dynamic Brake Resistor assemblies
2 Choose the resistor value that lies between Rdb1 and Rdb2Preferred resistance values are as close Rdb1 as possible
Step 8 mdash Estimate the Minimum Wattage Requirements for the Dynamic Brake ResistorIt is assumed that the application exhibits a periodic function of acceleration and deceleration If (t3 - t2) equals the time in seconds necessary for deceleration from rated speed to 0 speed and t4 is the time in seconds before the process repeats itself then the average duty cycle is (t3 - t2)t4 The power as a function of time is a linearly decreasing function from a value equal to the peak regenerative power to 0 after (t3 - t2) seconds have elapsed The average power regenerated over the interval of (t3 - t2) seconds is Pb2 The average power in watts regenerated over the period t4 is
The Dynamic Brake Resistor power rating in watts that is chosen should be equal to or greater than the value calculated in Step 8
Example Calculation Application Information
A 100 HP 460 Volt motor and drive is accelerating and decelerating as depicted in Figure 2
bull Cycle period (t4) is 60 seconds
bull Rated speed is 1785 RPMbull Deceleration time from rated speed to 0 speed is 60 secondsbull Motor load can be considered purely as an inertiabull All power expended or absorbed by the motor is absorbed by the
motor and load inertiabull Load inertia is directly coupled to the motor
bull Motor inertia plus load inertia is given as 961 kg-m2
Pav =
Pav = Average dynamic brake resister dissipation (watts)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
t4 = Total cycle time or period of process (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)
ωb = Rated motor speed (Rad s)
ωo = A lower motor speed (Rad s)
[t3 - t2]
t4
Pav = [ ndash ]
[ ]
[ ]2
Pav = _________ watts
Pb
2
ωb + ωo
ωb( )
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 11
Calculate Application Values
Use the Application Information to calculate the necessary values to choose an acceptable Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Rated Power of Motor = 100 HP times 746 = 746 kWThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in horsepower convert to watts before using in the equations
Rated Speed = 1785 RPM = 2π times 178560 = 18693 Rads = ωThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in RPM convert to radians per second before using in the equations
Total Inertia = 961 kg-m2 = JT
If this value is given in lb-ft2 or Wk2 convert to kg-m2 before using in the equations Total inertia is given and does not need further calculations as outlined in Step 2
Deceleration Time = 60 seconds = (t3 - t2)
Period of Cycle = 60 seconds = t4
DC Bus Voltage = 750 Volts = Vd
This is known because the drive is rated at 460 Volts rmsIf a drive is rated 230 Volts rms Vd = 375 VoltsIf a drive is rated 575 Volts rms Vd = 9375 Volts
Select the Correct Chopper Module
Peak Braking Power = JTω2(t3 - t2) = 5596 kW = Pb
This is 75 rated power and is less than the maximum drive limit of 150 current limit This calculation is the result of Step 3 and determines the peak power that must be dissipated by the Dynamic Brake Resistor
This calculation is the result of Step 4 and determines the maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor Note that a choice of Vd = 750 Volts DC was made based on the premise that the drive is rated at 460 Volts
Minimum Current Flow = VdRdb1 = 7462 amps = Id1This calculation is the result of Step 5 This is the minimum value of current that will flow through the Dynamic Brake Resistor when the Chopper Module Transistor is turned on Refer to Table 2b in the Installation Instructions for the Brake Chopper Module Publication 1336-565 Choose the Brake Chopper Module whose peak current capacity is greater than 7462 amps The correct choice must be the WB035 Chopper Module because it has a current rating greater than 7462 amps
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking12
Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistance = VdId2 = 10 ohms = Rdb2This is the result of Step 6 and is also included as a value in Table 2b
Choose the 104 ohms resistor type T10F4R2K97 rated at 297 kW from Table 2a
Average Power Dissipation = [(t3 - t2)t4]Pb2 = 28 kW = Pav
This is the result of calculating the average power dissipation as outlined in Step 8 Verify that the power rating of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen in Step 7 is greater than the value calculated in Step 8 Note that the actual resistor wattage rating is much greater than what is needed The type T10F4R2K97 assembly is the best choice based on resistance and wattage values
Ordering Resistors Resistor assemblies listed are manufactured by IPC Power Resistors International Incorporated and Powerohm Resistors Incorporated and have been tested with Allen-Bradley Chopper Modules
Available resistor assembly options include an overtemperature switch (see Wiring Schemes) auxiliary terminal blocks and custom enclosures
For purchase information contact
IPC Power Resistors International Inc167 Gap WayErlanger KY 41018Tel 859-282-2900 Fax (859) 282-2904wwwipcresistorscom
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 5
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
As a rule a Chopper Module can be specified when regenerative energy is dissipated on an occasional or periodic basis In general the motor power rating speed torque and details regarding the regenerative mode of operation will be needed in order to estimate what Chopper Module rating and Dynamic Brake Resistor value to use If a drive is consistently operating in the regenerative mode of operation serious consideration should be given to equipment that will transform the electrical energy back to the fixed frequency utility
In order to select the appropriate Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor for your application the following data must be calculated
Peak Regenerative Power of the Drive (Expressed in watts of power)
This value is used to determine
bull The minimum current rating of the Chopper ModuleChoose the actual current rating from the selection tables
bull The estimated maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake ResistorIf this value is greater than the maximum imposed by the peak regenerative power of the drive the drive can trip off due to transient DC Bus overvoltage problems
Minimum Dynamic Brake ResistanceIf a Dynamic Brake Resistance value that is less than the minimum imposed by the choice of the Chopper Module is applied damage can occur to the Chopper Transistor
Dynamic Brake Resistorrsquos Allowable Ohmic Value Range(Use the Chopper Module current rating to determine this range)
These values range between the minimum value set by the Chopper Transistor current rating and the maximum value set by the peak regenerative power developed by the drive in order to decelerate or satisfy other regenerative applications
Wattage Rating of the Dynamic Brake ResistorThis rating is estimated by applying what is known about the driversquos motoring and regenerating modes of operation The average power dissipation of the regenerative mode must be estimated and the wattage of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen to be greater than the average regenerative power dissipation of the drive
Dynamic Brake Resistors with large thermodynamic heat capacities defined as thermal time constants less than 5 seconds are able to absorb a large amount of energy without the temperature of the resistor element exceeding the operational temperature rating Thermal time constants in the order of 50 seconds and higher satisfy the criteria of large heat capacities for these applications If a resistor has a small heat capacity the temperature of the resistor element could exceed maximum temperature limits during the application of pulse power to the element
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking6
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
The following calculations are demonstrated using The International System of Units (SI)
Gather the following information
bull Power rating from motor nameplate in watts kilowatts or horsepower
bull Speed rating from motor nameplate in rpm or rps (radians per second)
bull Motor inertia and load inertia in kg-m2 or lb-ft2
bull Gear ratio (GR) if a gear is present between the motor and load
bull Motor shaft speed torque and power profile of the drive application
Figure 2 shows the speed torque and power profiles of the drive as a function of time for a particular cyclic application that is periodic over t4 seconds The desired time to decelerate is known or calculable and is within the drive performance limits In Figure 2 the following variables are defined
ω(t) = Motor shaft speed in radians per second (rps)
N(t) = Motor shaft speed in Revolutions Per Minute (RPM)
T(t) = Motor shaft torque in Newton-meters10 lb-ft = 1355818 N-m
P(t) = Motor shaft power in watts10 HP = 746 watts
-Pb = Motor shaft peak regenerative power in watts
ω Rad
s2πN60
=
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 7
Figure 2Application Speed Torque and Power Profiles
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
ω(t)
T(t)
P(t)
-Pb
ωo
ωb
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking8
Step 1 mdash Determine Gear Ratio
Step 2 mdash Determine the Total Inertia
Step 3 mdash Calculate the Peak Braking Power
Compare the peak braking power to that of the rated motor power If the peak braking power is greater that 15 times that of the motor then the deceleration time (t3 - t2) needs to be increased so that the drive does not go into current limit
GR = _________
GR= Turns of LoadTurns of Motor
JT = Jm + GR2 JL JT = Total inertia reflected to the motor shaft (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
Jm = Motor inertia (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
GR = Gear ratio of any gear between motor and load (dimensionless)
ωo = Angular rotational speedless than rated speed down to zero (Rad s)
Nb = Rated motor speed (RPM)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)10 HP = 746 watts
JT ωb (ωb - ωo)
(t3 - t2)
Pb = [ ( - )]
[ ndash ]Pb = __________watts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 9
Step 4 mdash Calculate the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance Value
The choice of the Dynamic Brake resistance value should be less than the value calculated in Step 4 If the resistance value is greater than the value calculated in Step 4 the drive can trip on DC Bus overvoltage
Step 5 mdash Calculate the Minimum Chopper Module Current Rating
The value of Id1 sets the minimum current rating for the Chopper Module When choosing a Chopper Module the current rating for the Chopper Transistor must be greater than or equal to the value calculated for Id1
Step 6 mdash Calculate the Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistor Value
This step calculates the minimum resistance value that the Dynamic Brake Resistor can have If a lower resistance were to be used with the Chopper Module of choice the IGBT could be damaged from overcurrent
Rdb1 =
Rdb1 = Maximum allowable value for the dynamic brakeresistor (ohms)
Vd = DC Bus voltage the chopper module regulates to(375V DC 750V DC or 9375V DC)
Pb = Peak braking power calculated in Step 2 (watts)
Vd2
Pb
Rdb1 = [ ]
[ ]Rdb1 = _________ ohms
Id1 =
Id1 = Minimum current flow through Chopper Transistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Rdb1 = Value of Dynamic Brake Resistor calculated in Step 3
Vd
Rdb1
Id1 = [ ][ ]
Id1 = __________ amps
Rdb2 =
Rdb2 = Minimum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Id2 = Value of Chopper Module current rating
Vd
075 Id2
Rdb2 = [ ][ ]
Rdb2 = __________ ohms
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking10
Step 7 mdash Choose the Dynamic Brake Resistance ValueUse to Table 1a 2a or 3a to choose the correct table based on the Chopper Modulersquos regulating voltage
1 Find the column that lists the value of Dynamic Brake Resistance for the various Dynamic Brake Resistor assemblies
2 Choose the resistor value that lies between Rdb1 and Rdb2Preferred resistance values are as close Rdb1 as possible
Step 8 mdash Estimate the Minimum Wattage Requirements for the Dynamic Brake ResistorIt is assumed that the application exhibits a periodic function of acceleration and deceleration If (t3 - t2) equals the time in seconds necessary for deceleration from rated speed to 0 speed and t4 is the time in seconds before the process repeats itself then the average duty cycle is (t3 - t2)t4 The power as a function of time is a linearly decreasing function from a value equal to the peak regenerative power to 0 after (t3 - t2) seconds have elapsed The average power regenerated over the interval of (t3 - t2) seconds is Pb2 The average power in watts regenerated over the period t4 is
The Dynamic Brake Resistor power rating in watts that is chosen should be equal to or greater than the value calculated in Step 8
Example Calculation Application Information
A 100 HP 460 Volt motor and drive is accelerating and decelerating as depicted in Figure 2
bull Cycle period (t4) is 60 seconds
bull Rated speed is 1785 RPMbull Deceleration time from rated speed to 0 speed is 60 secondsbull Motor load can be considered purely as an inertiabull All power expended or absorbed by the motor is absorbed by the
motor and load inertiabull Load inertia is directly coupled to the motor
bull Motor inertia plus load inertia is given as 961 kg-m2
Pav =
Pav = Average dynamic brake resister dissipation (watts)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
t4 = Total cycle time or period of process (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)
ωb = Rated motor speed (Rad s)
ωo = A lower motor speed (Rad s)
[t3 - t2]
t4
Pav = [ ndash ]
[ ]
[ ]2
Pav = _________ watts
Pb
2
ωb + ωo
ωb( )
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 11
Calculate Application Values
Use the Application Information to calculate the necessary values to choose an acceptable Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Rated Power of Motor = 100 HP times 746 = 746 kWThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in horsepower convert to watts before using in the equations
Rated Speed = 1785 RPM = 2π times 178560 = 18693 Rads = ωThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in RPM convert to radians per second before using in the equations
Total Inertia = 961 kg-m2 = JT
If this value is given in lb-ft2 or Wk2 convert to kg-m2 before using in the equations Total inertia is given and does not need further calculations as outlined in Step 2
Deceleration Time = 60 seconds = (t3 - t2)
Period of Cycle = 60 seconds = t4
DC Bus Voltage = 750 Volts = Vd
This is known because the drive is rated at 460 Volts rmsIf a drive is rated 230 Volts rms Vd = 375 VoltsIf a drive is rated 575 Volts rms Vd = 9375 Volts
Select the Correct Chopper Module
Peak Braking Power = JTω2(t3 - t2) = 5596 kW = Pb
This is 75 rated power and is less than the maximum drive limit of 150 current limit This calculation is the result of Step 3 and determines the peak power that must be dissipated by the Dynamic Brake Resistor
This calculation is the result of Step 4 and determines the maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor Note that a choice of Vd = 750 Volts DC was made based on the premise that the drive is rated at 460 Volts
Minimum Current Flow = VdRdb1 = 7462 amps = Id1This calculation is the result of Step 5 This is the minimum value of current that will flow through the Dynamic Brake Resistor when the Chopper Module Transistor is turned on Refer to Table 2b in the Installation Instructions for the Brake Chopper Module Publication 1336-565 Choose the Brake Chopper Module whose peak current capacity is greater than 7462 amps The correct choice must be the WB035 Chopper Module because it has a current rating greater than 7462 amps
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking12
Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistance = VdId2 = 10 ohms = Rdb2This is the result of Step 6 and is also included as a value in Table 2b
Choose the 104 ohms resistor type T10F4R2K97 rated at 297 kW from Table 2a
Average Power Dissipation = [(t3 - t2)t4]Pb2 = 28 kW = Pav
This is the result of calculating the average power dissipation as outlined in Step 8 Verify that the power rating of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen in Step 7 is greater than the value calculated in Step 8 Note that the actual resistor wattage rating is much greater than what is needed The type T10F4R2K97 assembly is the best choice based on resistance and wattage values
Ordering Resistors Resistor assemblies listed are manufactured by IPC Power Resistors International Incorporated and Powerohm Resistors Incorporated and have been tested with Allen-Bradley Chopper Modules
Available resistor assembly options include an overtemperature switch (see Wiring Schemes) auxiliary terminal blocks and custom enclosures
For purchase information contact
IPC Power Resistors International Inc167 Gap WayErlanger KY 41018Tel 859-282-2900 Fax (859) 282-2904wwwipcresistorscom
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking6
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
The following calculations are demonstrated using The International System of Units (SI)
Gather the following information
bull Power rating from motor nameplate in watts kilowatts or horsepower
bull Speed rating from motor nameplate in rpm or rps (radians per second)
bull Motor inertia and load inertia in kg-m2 or lb-ft2
bull Gear ratio (GR) if a gear is present between the motor and load
bull Motor shaft speed torque and power profile of the drive application
Figure 2 shows the speed torque and power profiles of the drive as a function of time for a particular cyclic application that is periodic over t4 seconds The desired time to decelerate is known or calculable and is within the drive performance limits In Figure 2 the following variables are defined
ω(t) = Motor shaft speed in radians per second (rps)
N(t) = Motor shaft speed in Revolutions Per Minute (RPM)
T(t) = Motor shaft torque in Newton-meters10 lb-ft = 1355818 N-m
P(t) = Motor shaft power in watts10 HP = 746 watts
-Pb = Motor shaft peak regenerative power in watts
ω Rad
s2πN60
=
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 7
Figure 2Application Speed Torque and Power Profiles
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
ω(t)
T(t)
P(t)
-Pb
ωo
ωb
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking8
Step 1 mdash Determine Gear Ratio
Step 2 mdash Determine the Total Inertia
Step 3 mdash Calculate the Peak Braking Power
Compare the peak braking power to that of the rated motor power If the peak braking power is greater that 15 times that of the motor then the deceleration time (t3 - t2) needs to be increased so that the drive does not go into current limit
GR = _________
GR= Turns of LoadTurns of Motor
JT = Jm + GR2 JL JT = Total inertia reflected to the motor shaft (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
Jm = Motor inertia (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
GR = Gear ratio of any gear between motor and load (dimensionless)
ωo = Angular rotational speedless than rated speed down to zero (Rad s)
Nb = Rated motor speed (RPM)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)10 HP = 746 watts
JT ωb (ωb - ωo)
(t3 - t2)
Pb = [ ( - )]
[ ndash ]Pb = __________watts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 9
Step 4 mdash Calculate the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance Value
The choice of the Dynamic Brake resistance value should be less than the value calculated in Step 4 If the resistance value is greater than the value calculated in Step 4 the drive can trip on DC Bus overvoltage
Step 5 mdash Calculate the Minimum Chopper Module Current Rating
The value of Id1 sets the minimum current rating for the Chopper Module When choosing a Chopper Module the current rating for the Chopper Transistor must be greater than or equal to the value calculated for Id1
Step 6 mdash Calculate the Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistor Value
This step calculates the minimum resistance value that the Dynamic Brake Resistor can have If a lower resistance were to be used with the Chopper Module of choice the IGBT could be damaged from overcurrent
Rdb1 =
Rdb1 = Maximum allowable value for the dynamic brakeresistor (ohms)
Vd = DC Bus voltage the chopper module regulates to(375V DC 750V DC or 9375V DC)
Pb = Peak braking power calculated in Step 2 (watts)
Vd2
Pb
Rdb1 = [ ]
[ ]Rdb1 = _________ ohms
Id1 =
Id1 = Minimum current flow through Chopper Transistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Rdb1 = Value of Dynamic Brake Resistor calculated in Step 3
Vd
Rdb1
Id1 = [ ][ ]
Id1 = __________ amps
Rdb2 =
Rdb2 = Minimum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Id2 = Value of Chopper Module current rating
Vd
075 Id2
Rdb2 = [ ][ ]
Rdb2 = __________ ohms
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking10
Step 7 mdash Choose the Dynamic Brake Resistance ValueUse to Table 1a 2a or 3a to choose the correct table based on the Chopper Modulersquos regulating voltage
1 Find the column that lists the value of Dynamic Brake Resistance for the various Dynamic Brake Resistor assemblies
2 Choose the resistor value that lies between Rdb1 and Rdb2Preferred resistance values are as close Rdb1 as possible
Step 8 mdash Estimate the Minimum Wattage Requirements for the Dynamic Brake ResistorIt is assumed that the application exhibits a periodic function of acceleration and deceleration If (t3 - t2) equals the time in seconds necessary for deceleration from rated speed to 0 speed and t4 is the time in seconds before the process repeats itself then the average duty cycle is (t3 - t2)t4 The power as a function of time is a linearly decreasing function from a value equal to the peak regenerative power to 0 after (t3 - t2) seconds have elapsed The average power regenerated over the interval of (t3 - t2) seconds is Pb2 The average power in watts regenerated over the period t4 is
The Dynamic Brake Resistor power rating in watts that is chosen should be equal to or greater than the value calculated in Step 8
Example Calculation Application Information
A 100 HP 460 Volt motor and drive is accelerating and decelerating as depicted in Figure 2
bull Cycle period (t4) is 60 seconds
bull Rated speed is 1785 RPMbull Deceleration time from rated speed to 0 speed is 60 secondsbull Motor load can be considered purely as an inertiabull All power expended or absorbed by the motor is absorbed by the
motor and load inertiabull Load inertia is directly coupled to the motor
bull Motor inertia plus load inertia is given as 961 kg-m2
Pav =
Pav = Average dynamic brake resister dissipation (watts)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
t4 = Total cycle time or period of process (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)
ωb = Rated motor speed (Rad s)
ωo = A lower motor speed (Rad s)
[t3 - t2]
t4
Pav = [ ndash ]
[ ]
[ ]2
Pav = _________ watts
Pb
2
ωb + ωo
ωb( )
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 11
Calculate Application Values
Use the Application Information to calculate the necessary values to choose an acceptable Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Rated Power of Motor = 100 HP times 746 = 746 kWThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in horsepower convert to watts before using in the equations
Rated Speed = 1785 RPM = 2π times 178560 = 18693 Rads = ωThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in RPM convert to radians per second before using in the equations
Total Inertia = 961 kg-m2 = JT
If this value is given in lb-ft2 or Wk2 convert to kg-m2 before using in the equations Total inertia is given and does not need further calculations as outlined in Step 2
Deceleration Time = 60 seconds = (t3 - t2)
Period of Cycle = 60 seconds = t4
DC Bus Voltage = 750 Volts = Vd
This is known because the drive is rated at 460 Volts rmsIf a drive is rated 230 Volts rms Vd = 375 VoltsIf a drive is rated 575 Volts rms Vd = 9375 Volts
Select the Correct Chopper Module
Peak Braking Power = JTω2(t3 - t2) = 5596 kW = Pb
This is 75 rated power and is less than the maximum drive limit of 150 current limit This calculation is the result of Step 3 and determines the peak power that must be dissipated by the Dynamic Brake Resistor
This calculation is the result of Step 4 and determines the maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor Note that a choice of Vd = 750 Volts DC was made based on the premise that the drive is rated at 460 Volts
Minimum Current Flow = VdRdb1 = 7462 amps = Id1This calculation is the result of Step 5 This is the minimum value of current that will flow through the Dynamic Brake Resistor when the Chopper Module Transistor is turned on Refer to Table 2b in the Installation Instructions for the Brake Chopper Module Publication 1336-565 Choose the Brake Chopper Module whose peak current capacity is greater than 7462 amps The correct choice must be the WB035 Chopper Module because it has a current rating greater than 7462 amps
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking12
Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistance = VdId2 = 10 ohms = Rdb2This is the result of Step 6 and is also included as a value in Table 2b
Choose the 104 ohms resistor type T10F4R2K97 rated at 297 kW from Table 2a
Average Power Dissipation = [(t3 - t2)t4]Pb2 = 28 kW = Pav
This is the result of calculating the average power dissipation as outlined in Step 8 Verify that the power rating of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen in Step 7 is greater than the value calculated in Step 8 Note that the actual resistor wattage rating is much greater than what is needed The type T10F4R2K97 assembly is the best choice based on resistance and wattage values
Ordering Resistors Resistor assemblies listed are manufactured by IPC Power Resistors International Incorporated and Powerohm Resistors Incorporated and have been tested with Allen-Bradley Chopper Modules
Available resistor assembly options include an overtemperature switch (see Wiring Schemes) auxiliary terminal blocks and custom enclosures
For purchase information contact
IPC Power Resistors International Inc167 Gap WayErlanger KY 41018Tel 859-282-2900 Fax (859) 282-2904wwwipcresistorscom
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 7
Figure 2Application Speed Torque and Power Profiles
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 + t4 t
ω(t)
T(t)
P(t)
-Pb
ωo
ωb
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking8
Step 1 mdash Determine Gear Ratio
Step 2 mdash Determine the Total Inertia
Step 3 mdash Calculate the Peak Braking Power
Compare the peak braking power to that of the rated motor power If the peak braking power is greater that 15 times that of the motor then the deceleration time (t3 - t2) needs to be increased so that the drive does not go into current limit
GR = _________
GR= Turns of LoadTurns of Motor
JT = Jm + GR2 JL JT = Total inertia reflected to the motor shaft (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
Jm = Motor inertia (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
GR = Gear ratio of any gear between motor and load (dimensionless)
ωo = Angular rotational speedless than rated speed down to zero (Rad s)
Nb = Rated motor speed (RPM)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)10 HP = 746 watts
JT ωb (ωb - ωo)
(t3 - t2)
Pb = [ ( - )]
[ ndash ]Pb = __________watts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 9
Step 4 mdash Calculate the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance Value
The choice of the Dynamic Brake resistance value should be less than the value calculated in Step 4 If the resistance value is greater than the value calculated in Step 4 the drive can trip on DC Bus overvoltage
Step 5 mdash Calculate the Minimum Chopper Module Current Rating
The value of Id1 sets the minimum current rating for the Chopper Module When choosing a Chopper Module the current rating for the Chopper Transistor must be greater than or equal to the value calculated for Id1
Step 6 mdash Calculate the Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistor Value
This step calculates the minimum resistance value that the Dynamic Brake Resistor can have If a lower resistance were to be used with the Chopper Module of choice the IGBT could be damaged from overcurrent
Rdb1 =
Rdb1 = Maximum allowable value for the dynamic brakeresistor (ohms)
Vd = DC Bus voltage the chopper module regulates to(375V DC 750V DC or 9375V DC)
Pb = Peak braking power calculated in Step 2 (watts)
Vd2
Pb
Rdb1 = [ ]
[ ]Rdb1 = _________ ohms
Id1 =
Id1 = Minimum current flow through Chopper Transistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Rdb1 = Value of Dynamic Brake Resistor calculated in Step 3
Vd
Rdb1
Id1 = [ ][ ]
Id1 = __________ amps
Rdb2 =
Rdb2 = Minimum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Id2 = Value of Chopper Module current rating
Vd
075 Id2
Rdb2 = [ ][ ]
Rdb2 = __________ ohms
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking10
Step 7 mdash Choose the Dynamic Brake Resistance ValueUse to Table 1a 2a or 3a to choose the correct table based on the Chopper Modulersquos regulating voltage
1 Find the column that lists the value of Dynamic Brake Resistance for the various Dynamic Brake Resistor assemblies
2 Choose the resistor value that lies between Rdb1 and Rdb2Preferred resistance values are as close Rdb1 as possible
Step 8 mdash Estimate the Minimum Wattage Requirements for the Dynamic Brake ResistorIt is assumed that the application exhibits a periodic function of acceleration and deceleration If (t3 - t2) equals the time in seconds necessary for deceleration from rated speed to 0 speed and t4 is the time in seconds before the process repeats itself then the average duty cycle is (t3 - t2)t4 The power as a function of time is a linearly decreasing function from a value equal to the peak regenerative power to 0 after (t3 - t2) seconds have elapsed The average power regenerated over the interval of (t3 - t2) seconds is Pb2 The average power in watts regenerated over the period t4 is
The Dynamic Brake Resistor power rating in watts that is chosen should be equal to or greater than the value calculated in Step 8
Example Calculation Application Information
A 100 HP 460 Volt motor and drive is accelerating and decelerating as depicted in Figure 2
bull Cycle period (t4) is 60 seconds
bull Rated speed is 1785 RPMbull Deceleration time from rated speed to 0 speed is 60 secondsbull Motor load can be considered purely as an inertiabull All power expended or absorbed by the motor is absorbed by the
motor and load inertiabull Load inertia is directly coupled to the motor
bull Motor inertia plus load inertia is given as 961 kg-m2
Pav =
Pav = Average dynamic brake resister dissipation (watts)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
t4 = Total cycle time or period of process (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)
ωb = Rated motor speed (Rad s)
ωo = A lower motor speed (Rad s)
[t3 - t2]
t4
Pav = [ ndash ]
[ ]
[ ]2
Pav = _________ watts
Pb
2
ωb + ωo
ωb( )
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 11
Calculate Application Values
Use the Application Information to calculate the necessary values to choose an acceptable Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Rated Power of Motor = 100 HP times 746 = 746 kWThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in horsepower convert to watts before using in the equations
Rated Speed = 1785 RPM = 2π times 178560 = 18693 Rads = ωThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in RPM convert to radians per second before using in the equations
Total Inertia = 961 kg-m2 = JT
If this value is given in lb-ft2 or Wk2 convert to kg-m2 before using in the equations Total inertia is given and does not need further calculations as outlined in Step 2
Deceleration Time = 60 seconds = (t3 - t2)
Period of Cycle = 60 seconds = t4
DC Bus Voltage = 750 Volts = Vd
This is known because the drive is rated at 460 Volts rmsIf a drive is rated 230 Volts rms Vd = 375 VoltsIf a drive is rated 575 Volts rms Vd = 9375 Volts
Select the Correct Chopper Module
Peak Braking Power = JTω2(t3 - t2) = 5596 kW = Pb
This is 75 rated power and is less than the maximum drive limit of 150 current limit This calculation is the result of Step 3 and determines the peak power that must be dissipated by the Dynamic Brake Resistor
This calculation is the result of Step 4 and determines the maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor Note that a choice of Vd = 750 Volts DC was made based on the premise that the drive is rated at 460 Volts
Minimum Current Flow = VdRdb1 = 7462 amps = Id1This calculation is the result of Step 5 This is the minimum value of current that will flow through the Dynamic Brake Resistor when the Chopper Module Transistor is turned on Refer to Table 2b in the Installation Instructions for the Brake Chopper Module Publication 1336-565 Choose the Brake Chopper Module whose peak current capacity is greater than 7462 amps The correct choice must be the WB035 Chopper Module because it has a current rating greater than 7462 amps
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking12
Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistance = VdId2 = 10 ohms = Rdb2This is the result of Step 6 and is also included as a value in Table 2b
Choose the 104 ohms resistor type T10F4R2K97 rated at 297 kW from Table 2a
Average Power Dissipation = [(t3 - t2)t4]Pb2 = 28 kW = Pav
This is the result of calculating the average power dissipation as outlined in Step 8 Verify that the power rating of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen in Step 7 is greater than the value calculated in Step 8 Note that the actual resistor wattage rating is much greater than what is needed The type T10F4R2K97 assembly is the best choice based on resistance and wattage values
Ordering Resistors Resistor assemblies listed are manufactured by IPC Power Resistors International Incorporated and Powerohm Resistors Incorporated and have been tested with Allen-Bradley Chopper Modules
Available resistor assembly options include an overtemperature switch (see Wiring Schemes) auxiliary terminal blocks and custom enclosures
For purchase information contact
IPC Power Resistors International Inc167 Gap WayErlanger KY 41018Tel 859-282-2900 Fax (859) 282-2904wwwipcresistorscom
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking8
Step 1 mdash Determine Gear Ratio
Step 2 mdash Determine the Total Inertia
Step 3 mdash Calculate the Peak Braking Power
Compare the peak braking power to that of the rated motor power If the peak braking power is greater that 15 times that of the motor then the deceleration time (t3 - t2) needs to be increased so that the drive does not go into current limit
GR = _________
GR= Turns of LoadTurns of Motor
JT = Jm + GR2 JL JT = Total inertia reflected to the motor shaft (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
Jm = Motor inertia (kg-m2 or lb-ft2)
GR = Gear ratio of any gear between motor and load (dimensionless)
ωo = Angular rotational speedless than rated speed down to zero (Rad s)
Nb = Rated motor speed (RPM)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)10 HP = 746 watts
JT ωb (ωb - ωo)
(t3 - t2)
Pb = [ ( - )]
[ ndash ]Pb = __________watts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 9
Step 4 mdash Calculate the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance Value
The choice of the Dynamic Brake resistance value should be less than the value calculated in Step 4 If the resistance value is greater than the value calculated in Step 4 the drive can trip on DC Bus overvoltage
Step 5 mdash Calculate the Minimum Chopper Module Current Rating
The value of Id1 sets the minimum current rating for the Chopper Module When choosing a Chopper Module the current rating for the Chopper Transistor must be greater than or equal to the value calculated for Id1
Step 6 mdash Calculate the Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistor Value
This step calculates the minimum resistance value that the Dynamic Brake Resistor can have If a lower resistance were to be used with the Chopper Module of choice the IGBT could be damaged from overcurrent
Rdb1 =
Rdb1 = Maximum allowable value for the dynamic brakeresistor (ohms)
Vd = DC Bus voltage the chopper module regulates to(375V DC 750V DC or 9375V DC)
Pb = Peak braking power calculated in Step 2 (watts)
Vd2
Pb
Rdb1 = [ ]
[ ]Rdb1 = _________ ohms
Id1 =
Id1 = Minimum current flow through Chopper Transistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Rdb1 = Value of Dynamic Brake Resistor calculated in Step 3
Vd
Rdb1
Id1 = [ ][ ]
Id1 = __________ amps
Rdb2 =
Rdb2 = Minimum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Id2 = Value of Chopper Module current rating
Vd
075 Id2
Rdb2 = [ ][ ]
Rdb2 = __________ ohms
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking10
Step 7 mdash Choose the Dynamic Brake Resistance ValueUse to Table 1a 2a or 3a to choose the correct table based on the Chopper Modulersquos regulating voltage
1 Find the column that lists the value of Dynamic Brake Resistance for the various Dynamic Brake Resistor assemblies
2 Choose the resistor value that lies between Rdb1 and Rdb2Preferred resistance values are as close Rdb1 as possible
Step 8 mdash Estimate the Minimum Wattage Requirements for the Dynamic Brake ResistorIt is assumed that the application exhibits a periodic function of acceleration and deceleration If (t3 - t2) equals the time in seconds necessary for deceleration from rated speed to 0 speed and t4 is the time in seconds before the process repeats itself then the average duty cycle is (t3 - t2)t4 The power as a function of time is a linearly decreasing function from a value equal to the peak regenerative power to 0 after (t3 - t2) seconds have elapsed The average power regenerated over the interval of (t3 - t2) seconds is Pb2 The average power in watts regenerated over the period t4 is
The Dynamic Brake Resistor power rating in watts that is chosen should be equal to or greater than the value calculated in Step 8
Example Calculation Application Information
A 100 HP 460 Volt motor and drive is accelerating and decelerating as depicted in Figure 2
bull Cycle period (t4) is 60 seconds
bull Rated speed is 1785 RPMbull Deceleration time from rated speed to 0 speed is 60 secondsbull Motor load can be considered purely as an inertiabull All power expended or absorbed by the motor is absorbed by the
motor and load inertiabull Load inertia is directly coupled to the motor
bull Motor inertia plus load inertia is given as 961 kg-m2
Pav =
Pav = Average dynamic brake resister dissipation (watts)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
t4 = Total cycle time or period of process (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)
ωb = Rated motor speed (Rad s)
ωo = A lower motor speed (Rad s)
[t3 - t2]
t4
Pav = [ ndash ]
[ ]
[ ]2
Pav = _________ watts
Pb
2
ωb + ωo
ωb( )
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 11
Calculate Application Values
Use the Application Information to calculate the necessary values to choose an acceptable Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Rated Power of Motor = 100 HP times 746 = 746 kWThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in horsepower convert to watts before using in the equations
Rated Speed = 1785 RPM = 2π times 178560 = 18693 Rads = ωThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in RPM convert to radians per second before using in the equations
Total Inertia = 961 kg-m2 = JT
If this value is given in lb-ft2 or Wk2 convert to kg-m2 before using in the equations Total inertia is given and does not need further calculations as outlined in Step 2
Deceleration Time = 60 seconds = (t3 - t2)
Period of Cycle = 60 seconds = t4
DC Bus Voltage = 750 Volts = Vd
This is known because the drive is rated at 460 Volts rmsIf a drive is rated 230 Volts rms Vd = 375 VoltsIf a drive is rated 575 Volts rms Vd = 9375 Volts
Select the Correct Chopper Module
Peak Braking Power = JTω2(t3 - t2) = 5596 kW = Pb
This is 75 rated power and is less than the maximum drive limit of 150 current limit This calculation is the result of Step 3 and determines the peak power that must be dissipated by the Dynamic Brake Resistor
This calculation is the result of Step 4 and determines the maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor Note that a choice of Vd = 750 Volts DC was made based on the premise that the drive is rated at 460 Volts
Minimum Current Flow = VdRdb1 = 7462 amps = Id1This calculation is the result of Step 5 This is the minimum value of current that will flow through the Dynamic Brake Resistor when the Chopper Module Transistor is turned on Refer to Table 2b in the Installation Instructions for the Brake Chopper Module Publication 1336-565 Choose the Brake Chopper Module whose peak current capacity is greater than 7462 amps The correct choice must be the WB035 Chopper Module because it has a current rating greater than 7462 amps
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking12
Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistance = VdId2 = 10 ohms = Rdb2This is the result of Step 6 and is also included as a value in Table 2b
Choose the 104 ohms resistor type T10F4R2K97 rated at 297 kW from Table 2a
Average Power Dissipation = [(t3 - t2)t4]Pb2 = 28 kW = Pav
This is the result of calculating the average power dissipation as outlined in Step 8 Verify that the power rating of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen in Step 7 is greater than the value calculated in Step 8 Note that the actual resistor wattage rating is much greater than what is needed The type T10F4R2K97 assembly is the best choice based on resistance and wattage values
Ordering Resistors Resistor assemblies listed are manufactured by IPC Power Resistors International Incorporated and Powerohm Resistors Incorporated and have been tested with Allen-Bradley Chopper Modules
Available resistor assembly options include an overtemperature switch (see Wiring Schemes) auxiliary terminal blocks and custom enclosures
For purchase information contact
IPC Power Resistors International Inc167 Gap WayErlanger KY 41018Tel 859-282-2900 Fax (859) 282-2904wwwipcresistorscom
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 9
Step 4 mdash Calculate the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance Value
The choice of the Dynamic Brake resistance value should be less than the value calculated in Step 4 If the resistance value is greater than the value calculated in Step 4 the drive can trip on DC Bus overvoltage
Step 5 mdash Calculate the Minimum Chopper Module Current Rating
The value of Id1 sets the minimum current rating for the Chopper Module When choosing a Chopper Module the current rating for the Chopper Transistor must be greater than or equal to the value calculated for Id1
Step 6 mdash Calculate the Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistor Value
This step calculates the minimum resistance value that the Dynamic Brake Resistor can have If a lower resistance were to be used with the Chopper Module of choice the IGBT could be damaged from overcurrent
Rdb1 =
Rdb1 = Maximum allowable value for the dynamic brakeresistor (ohms)
Vd = DC Bus voltage the chopper module regulates to(375V DC 750V DC or 9375V DC)
Pb = Peak braking power calculated in Step 2 (watts)
Vd2
Pb
Rdb1 = [ ]
[ ]Rdb1 = _________ ohms
Id1 =
Id1 = Minimum current flow through Chopper Transistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Rdb1 = Value of Dynamic Brake Resistor calculated in Step 3
Vd
Rdb1
Id1 = [ ][ ]
Id1 = __________ amps
Rdb2 =
Rdb2 = Minimum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor
Vd = Value of DC Bus voltage chosen in Step 3
Id2 = Value of Chopper Module current rating
Vd
075 Id2
Rdb2 = [ ][ ]
Rdb2 = __________ ohms
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking10
Step 7 mdash Choose the Dynamic Brake Resistance ValueUse to Table 1a 2a or 3a to choose the correct table based on the Chopper Modulersquos regulating voltage
1 Find the column that lists the value of Dynamic Brake Resistance for the various Dynamic Brake Resistor assemblies
2 Choose the resistor value that lies between Rdb1 and Rdb2Preferred resistance values are as close Rdb1 as possible
Step 8 mdash Estimate the Minimum Wattage Requirements for the Dynamic Brake ResistorIt is assumed that the application exhibits a periodic function of acceleration and deceleration If (t3 - t2) equals the time in seconds necessary for deceleration from rated speed to 0 speed and t4 is the time in seconds before the process repeats itself then the average duty cycle is (t3 - t2)t4 The power as a function of time is a linearly decreasing function from a value equal to the peak regenerative power to 0 after (t3 - t2) seconds have elapsed The average power regenerated over the interval of (t3 - t2) seconds is Pb2 The average power in watts regenerated over the period t4 is
The Dynamic Brake Resistor power rating in watts that is chosen should be equal to or greater than the value calculated in Step 8
Example Calculation Application Information
A 100 HP 460 Volt motor and drive is accelerating and decelerating as depicted in Figure 2
bull Cycle period (t4) is 60 seconds
bull Rated speed is 1785 RPMbull Deceleration time from rated speed to 0 speed is 60 secondsbull Motor load can be considered purely as an inertiabull All power expended or absorbed by the motor is absorbed by the
motor and load inertiabull Load inertia is directly coupled to the motor
bull Motor inertia plus load inertia is given as 961 kg-m2
Pav =
Pav = Average dynamic brake resister dissipation (watts)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
t4 = Total cycle time or period of process (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)
ωb = Rated motor speed (Rad s)
ωo = A lower motor speed (Rad s)
[t3 - t2]
t4
Pav = [ ndash ]
[ ]
[ ]2
Pav = _________ watts
Pb
2
ωb + ωo
ωb( )
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 11
Calculate Application Values
Use the Application Information to calculate the necessary values to choose an acceptable Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Rated Power of Motor = 100 HP times 746 = 746 kWThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in horsepower convert to watts before using in the equations
Rated Speed = 1785 RPM = 2π times 178560 = 18693 Rads = ωThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in RPM convert to radians per second before using in the equations
Total Inertia = 961 kg-m2 = JT
If this value is given in lb-ft2 or Wk2 convert to kg-m2 before using in the equations Total inertia is given and does not need further calculations as outlined in Step 2
Deceleration Time = 60 seconds = (t3 - t2)
Period of Cycle = 60 seconds = t4
DC Bus Voltage = 750 Volts = Vd
This is known because the drive is rated at 460 Volts rmsIf a drive is rated 230 Volts rms Vd = 375 VoltsIf a drive is rated 575 Volts rms Vd = 9375 Volts
Select the Correct Chopper Module
Peak Braking Power = JTω2(t3 - t2) = 5596 kW = Pb
This is 75 rated power and is less than the maximum drive limit of 150 current limit This calculation is the result of Step 3 and determines the peak power that must be dissipated by the Dynamic Brake Resistor
This calculation is the result of Step 4 and determines the maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor Note that a choice of Vd = 750 Volts DC was made based on the premise that the drive is rated at 460 Volts
Minimum Current Flow = VdRdb1 = 7462 amps = Id1This calculation is the result of Step 5 This is the minimum value of current that will flow through the Dynamic Brake Resistor when the Chopper Module Transistor is turned on Refer to Table 2b in the Installation Instructions for the Brake Chopper Module Publication 1336-565 Choose the Brake Chopper Module whose peak current capacity is greater than 7462 amps The correct choice must be the WB035 Chopper Module because it has a current rating greater than 7462 amps
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking12
Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistance = VdId2 = 10 ohms = Rdb2This is the result of Step 6 and is also included as a value in Table 2b
Choose the 104 ohms resistor type T10F4R2K97 rated at 297 kW from Table 2a
Average Power Dissipation = [(t3 - t2)t4]Pb2 = 28 kW = Pav
This is the result of calculating the average power dissipation as outlined in Step 8 Verify that the power rating of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen in Step 7 is greater than the value calculated in Step 8 Note that the actual resistor wattage rating is much greater than what is needed The type T10F4R2K97 assembly is the best choice based on resistance and wattage values
Ordering Resistors Resistor assemblies listed are manufactured by IPC Power Resistors International Incorporated and Powerohm Resistors Incorporated and have been tested with Allen-Bradley Chopper Modules
Available resistor assembly options include an overtemperature switch (see Wiring Schemes) auxiliary terminal blocks and custom enclosures
For purchase information contact
IPC Power Resistors International Inc167 Gap WayErlanger KY 41018Tel 859-282-2900 Fax (859) 282-2904wwwipcresistorscom
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking10
Step 7 mdash Choose the Dynamic Brake Resistance ValueUse to Table 1a 2a or 3a to choose the correct table based on the Chopper Modulersquos regulating voltage
1 Find the column that lists the value of Dynamic Brake Resistance for the various Dynamic Brake Resistor assemblies
2 Choose the resistor value that lies between Rdb1 and Rdb2Preferred resistance values are as close Rdb1 as possible
Step 8 mdash Estimate the Minimum Wattage Requirements for the Dynamic Brake ResistorIt is assumed that the application exhibits a periodic function of acceleration and deceleration If (t3 - t2) equals the time in seconds necessary for deceleration from rated speed to 0 speed and t4 is the time in seconds before the process repeats itself then the average duty cycle is (t3 - t2)t4 The power as a function of time is a linearly decreasing function from a value equal to the peak regenerative power to 0 after (t3 - t2) seconds have elapsed The average power regenerated over the interval of (t3 - t2) seconds is Pb2 The average power in watts regenerated over the period t4 is
The Dynamic Brake Resistor power rating in watts that is chosen should be equal to or greater than the value calculated in Step 8
Example Calculation Application Information
A 100 HP 460 Volt motor and drive is accelerating and decelerating as depicted in Figure 2
bull Cycle period (t4) is 60 seconds
bull Rated speed is 1785 RPMbull Deceleration time from rated speed to 0 speed is 60 secondsbull Motor load can be considered purely as an inertiabull All power expended or absorbed by the motor is absorbed by the
motor and load inertiabull Load inertia is directly coupled to the motor
bull Motor inertia plus load inertia is given as 961 kg-m2
Pav =
Pav = Average dynamic brake resister dissipation (watts)
t3 - t2= Deceleration time from ωb to ωo (seconds)
t4 = Total cycle time or period of process (seconds)
Pb = Peak braking power (watts)
ωb = Rated motor speed (Rad s)
ωo = A lower motor speed (Rad s)
[t3 - t2]
t4
Pav = [ ndash ]
[ ]
[ ]2
Pav = _________ watts
Pb
2
ωb + ωo
ωb( )
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 11
Calculate Application Values
Use the Application Information to calculate the necessary values to choose an acceptable Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Rated Power of Motor = 100 HP times 746 = 746 kWThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in horsepower convert to watts before using in the equations
Rated Speed = 1785 RPM = 2π times 178560 = 18693 Rads = ωThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in RPM convert to radians per second before using in the equations
Total Inertia = 961 kg-m2 = JT
If this value is given in lb-ft2 or Wk2 convert to kg-m2 before using in the equations Total inertia is given and does not need further calculations as outlined in Step 2
Deceleration Time = 60 seconds = (t3 - t2)
Period of Cycle = 60 seconds = t4
DC Bus Voltage = 750 Volts = Vd
This is known because the drive is rated at 460 Volts rmsIf a drive is rated 230 Volts rms Vd = 375 VoltsIf a drive is rated 575 Volts rms Vd = 9375 Volts
Select the Correct Chopper Module
Peak Braking Power = JTω2(t3 - t2) = 5596 kW = Pb
This is 75 rated power and is less than the maximum drive limit of 150 current limit This calculation is the result of Step 3 and determines the peak power that must be dissipated by the Dynamic Brake Resistor
This calculation is the result of Step 4 and determines the maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor Note that a choice of Vd = 750 Volts DC was made based on the premise that the drive is rated at 460 Volts
Minimum Current Flow = VdRdb1 = 7462 amps = Id1This calculation is the result of Step 5 This is the minimum value of current that will flow through the Dynamic Brake Resistor when the Chopper Module Transistor is turned on Refer to Table 2b in the Installation Instructions for the Brake Chopper Module Publication 1336-565 Choose the Brake Chopper Module whose peak current capacity is greater than 7462 amps The correct choice must be the WB035 Chopper Module because it has a current rating greater than 7462 amps
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking12
Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistance = VdId2 = 10 ohms = Rdb2This is the result of Step 6 and is also included as a value in Table 2b
Choose the 104 ohms resistor type T10F4R2K97 rated at 297 kW from Table 2a
Average Power Dissipation = [(t3 - t2)t4]Pb2 = 28 kW = Pav
This is the result of calculating the average power dissipation as outlined in Step 8 Verify that the power rating of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen in Step 7 is greater than the value calculated in Step 8 Note that the actual resistor wattage rating is much greater than what is needed The type T10F4R2K97 assembly is the best choice based on resistance and wattage values
Ordering Resistors Resistor assemblies listed are manufactured by IPC Power Resistors International Incorporated and Powerohm Resistors Incorporated and have been tested with Allen-Bradley Chopper Modules
Available resistor assembly options include an overtemperature switch (see Wiring Schemes) auxiliary terminal blocks and custom enclosures
For purchase information contact
IPC Power Resistors International Inc167 Gap WayErlanger KY 41018Tel 859-282-2900 Fax (859) 282-2904wwwipcresistorscom
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 11
Calculate Application Values
Use the Application Information to calculate the necessary values to choose an acceptable Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Rated Power of Motor = 100 HP times 746 = 746 kWThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in horsepower convert to watts before using in the equations
Rated Speed = 1785 RPM = 2π times 178560 = 18693 Rads = ωThis information is given and must be known before the calculation process begins If this rating is given in RPM convert to radians per second before using in the equations
Total Inertia = 961 kg-m2 = JT
If this value is given in lb-ft2 or Wk2 convert to kg-m2 before using in the equations Total inertia is given and does not need further calculations as outlined in Step 2
Deceleration Time = 60 seconds = (t3 - t2)
Period of Cycle = 60 seconds = t4
DC Bus Voltage = 750 Volts = Vd
This is known because the drive is rated at 460 Volts rmsIf a drive is rated 230 Volts rms Vd = 375 VoltsIf a drive is rated 575 Volts rms Vd = 9375 Volts
Select the Correct Chopper Module
Peak Braking Power = JTω2(t3 - t2) = 5596 kW = Pb
This is 75 rated power and is less than the maximum drive limit of 150 current limit This calculation is the result of Step 3 and determines the peak power that must be dissipated by the Dynamic Brake Resistor
This calculation is the result of Step 4 and determines the maximum ohmic value of the Dynamic Brake Resistor Note that a choice of Vd = 750 Volts DC was made based on the premise that the drive is rated at 460 Volts
Minimum Current Flow = VdRdb1 = 7462 amps = Id1This calculation is the result of Step 5 This is the minimum value of current that will flow through the Dynamic Brake Resistor when the Chopper Module Transistor is turned on Refer to Table 2b in the Installation Instructions for the Brake Chopper Module Publication 1336-565 Choose the Brake Chopper Module whose peak current capacity is greater than 7462 amps The correct choice must be the WB035 Chopper Module because it has a current rating greater than 7462 amps
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking12
Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistance = VdId2 = 10 ohms = Rdb2This is the result of Step 6 and is also included as a value in Table 2b
Choose the 104 ohms resistor type T10F4R2K97 rated at 297 kW from Table 2a
Average Power Dissipation = [(t3 - t2)t4]Pb2 = 28 kW = Pav
This is the result of calculating the average power dissipation as outlined in Step 8 Verify that the power rating of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen in Step 7 is greater than the value calculated in Step 8 Note that the actual resistor wattage rating is much greater than what is needed The type T10F4R2K97 assembly is the best choice based on resistance and wattage values
Ordering Resistors Resistor assemblies listed are manufactured by IPC Power Resistors International Incorporated and Powerohm Resistors Incorporated and have been tested with Allen-Bradley Chopper Modules
Available resistor assembly options include an overtemperature switch (see Wiring Schemes) auxiliary terminal blocks and custom enclosures
For purchase information contact
IPC Power Resistors International Inc167 Gap WayErlanger KY 41018Tel 859-282-2900 Fax (859) 282-2904wwwipcresistorscom
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking12
Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistance = VdId2 = 10 ohms = Rdb2This is the result of Step 6 and is also included as a value in Table 2b
Choose the 104 ohms resistor type T10F4R2K97 rated at 297 kW from Table 2a
Average Power Dissipation = [(t3 - t2)t4]Pb2 = 28 kW = Pav
This is the result of calculating the average power dissipation as outlined in Step 8 Verify that the power rating of the Dynamic Brake Resistor chosen in Step 7 is greater than the value calculated in Step 8 Note that the actual resistor wattage rating is much greater than what is needed The type T10F4R2K97 assembly is the best choice based on resistance and wattage values
Ordering Resistors Resistor assemblies listed are manufactured by IPC Power Resistors International Incorporated and Powerohm Resistors Incorporated and have been tested with Allen-Bradley Chopper Modules
Available resistor assembly options include an overtemperature switch (see Wiring Schemes) auxiliary terminal blocks and custom enclosures
For purchase information contact
IPC Power Resistors International Inc167 Gap WayErlanger KY 41018Tel 859-282-2900 Fax (859) 282-2904wwwipcresistorscom
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking20
Chopper Module Characteristics
Drive Voltage(Volts AC)
Turn-On Voltage(Volts DC) Catalog Number
Chopper Peak Transistor Current Rating (Amps)
Minimum Dynamic Brake Resistance Value (Ohms)
230 375WA115 400 125WA070 200 23WA018 50 90
460 750WB110 400 25WB035 100 90WB009 25 370
575 935WC085 400 30WC035 75 155WC009 25 460
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 21
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions and Weights in Millimeters (Inches) and Kilograms (Pounds)
E
(Side)
(Bottom)
BULLETIN 1336 BRAKING CHOPPER
FOR USE WITH 460 VAC AF DRIVES
CAT 1336-WB009 SER AINPUT 750 VDC 90 ADC (RMS)
MADE IN USA
DC POWER
BRAKE ON
GND
AndashB
PN
74101-778-XX
RE
V
DC
(Front)R1 (4 places) R2
B
A
Chopper Module A B C D E R1 Dia R2 Weight
WA018WB009WC009
2413(950)
2301(906)
1778(700)
2032(800)
1044(411)
56(022)
127(050)
318(70)
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking22
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions and Weights in Millimeters (Inches) and Kilograms (Pounds)
E
(Side)
(Bottom)
BULLETIN 1336 BRAKING CHOPPER
FOR USE WITH 460 VAC AF DRIVES
CAT 1336-WB035 SER AINPUT 750 VDC 350 ADC (RMS)
MADE IN USA
DC POWER
BRAKE ON
GND
AndashB
PN
151076 RE
V 01
DC
(Front)R1 (4 places) R2
B
A
E12E11
1 2 3 4 5 6
Chopper Module A B C D E R1 Dia R2 Weight
WA070WB035WC035
2413(950)
2301(906)
1778(700)
2032(800)
1234(486)
56(022)
127(050)
408(90)
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 23
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions and Weights in Millimeters (Inches) and Kilograms (Pounds)
(Side)
E
(Bottom)
BULLETIN 1336 BRAKING CHOPPER
FOR USE WITH 460 VAC AF DRIVES
CAT 1336-WB110 SER AINPUT 750 VDC 1100 ADC (RMS)
MADE IN USA
DC POWER
AndashB
PN
151076 RE
V 01
DC
R2
BA
R1 (4 places) (Front)
BRAKE ON
Chopper Module A B C D E R1 Dia R2 Weight
WA115WB110WC085
2906(1144)
2794(1100)
2286(900)
3048(1200)
2398(944)
56(022)
381(150)
1134(250)
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking24
Specifications
1 Watts Dissipated at 100 (Continuous Duty Cycle) are approximately equal to the average watts dissipated at 20 and 50 Duty Cycles
Installation Requirements
Braking Torque amp Duty Cycle
(Refer to pages 5-10)
Input Power DC power supplied from DC Bus
Brake FaultContact
(1) NC contact TTL compatible closed when power is applied to the brake module open when a brake fault or loss of power occurs
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 21
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions and Weights in Millimeters (Inches) and Kilograms (Pounds)
E
(Side)
(Bottom)
BULLETIN 1336 BRAKING CHOPPER
FOR USE WITH 460 VAC AF DRIVES
CAT 1336-WB009 SER AINPUT 750 VDC 90 ADC (RMS)
MADE IN USA
DC POWER
BRAKE ON
GND
AndashB
PN
74101-778-XX
RE
V
DC
(Front)R1 (4 places) R2
B
A
Chopper Module A B C D E R1 Dia R2 Weight
WA018WB009WC009
2413(950)
2301(906)
1778(700)
2032(800)
1044(411)
56(022)
127(050)
318(70)
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking22
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions and Weights in Millimeters (Inches) and Kilograms (Pounds)
E
(Side)
(Bottom)
BULLETIN 1336 BRAKING CHOPPER
FOR USE WITH 460 VAC AF DRIVES
CAT 1336-WB035 SER AINPUT 750 VDC 350 ADC (RMS)
MADE IN USA
DC POWER
BRAKE ON
GND
AndashB
PN
151076 RE
V 01
DC
(Front)R1 (4 places) R2
B
A
E12E11
1 2 3 4 5 6
Chopper Module A B C D E R1 Dia R2 Weight
WA070WB035WC035
2413(950)
2301(906)
1778(700)
2032(800)
1234(486)
56(022)
127(050)
408(90)
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 23
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions and Weights in Millimeters (Inches) and Kilograms (Pounds)
(Side)
E
(Bottom)
BULLETIN 1336 BRAKING CHOPPER
FOR USE WITH 460 VAC AF DRIVES
CAT 1336-WB110 SER AINPUT 750 VDC 1100 ADC (RMS)
MADE IN USA
DC POWER
AndashB
PN
151076 RE
V 01
DC
R2
BA
R1 (4 places) (Front)
BRAKE ON
Chopper Module A B C D E R1 Dia R2 Weight
WA115WB110WC085
2906(1144)
2794(1100)
2286(900)
3048(1200)
2398(944)
56(022)
381(150)
1134(250)
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking24
Specifications
1 Watts Dissipated at 100 (Continuous Duty Cycle) are approximately equal to the average watts dissipated at 20 and 50 Duty Cycles
Installation Requirements
Braking Torque amp Duty Cycle
(Refer to pages 5-10)
Input Power DC power supplied from DC Bus
Brake FaultContact
(1) NC contact TTL compatible closed when power is applied to the brake module open when a brake fault or loss of power occurs
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking22
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions and Weights in Millimeters (Inches) and Kilograms (Pounds)
E
(Side)
(Bottom)
BULLETIN 1336 BRAKING CHOPPER
FOR USE WITH 460 VAC AF DRIVES
CAT 1336-WB035 SER AINPUT 750 VDC 350 ADC (RMS)
MADE IN USA
DC POWER
BRAKE ON
GND
AndashB
PN
151076 RE
V 01
DC
(Front)R1 (4 places) R2
B
A
E12E11
1 2 3 4 5 6
Chopper Module A B C D E R1 Dia R2 Weight
WA070WB035WC035
2413(950)
2301(906)
1778(700)
2032(800)
1234(486)
56(022)
127(050)
408(90)
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 23
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions and Weights in Millimeters (Inches) and Kilograms (Pounds)
(Side)
E
(Bottom)
BULLETIN 1336 BRAKING CHOPPER
FOR USE WITH 460 VAC AF DRIVES
CAT 1336-WB110 SER AINPUT 750 VDC 1100 ADC (RMS)
MADE IN USA
DC POWER
AndashB
PN
151076 RE
V 01
DC
R2
BA
R1 (4 places) (Front)
BRAKE ON
Chopper Module A B C D E R1 Dia R2 Weight
WA115WB110WC085
2906(1144)
2794(1100)
2286(900)
3048(1200)
2398(944)
56(022)
381(150)
1134(250)
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking24
Specifications
1 Watts Dissipated at 100 (Continuous Duty Cycle) are approximately equal to the average watts dissipated at 20 and 50 Duty Cycles
Installation Requirements
Braking Torque amp Duty Cycle
(Refer to pages 5-10)
Input Power DC power supplied from DC Bus
Brake FaultContact
(1) NC contact TTL compatible closed when power is applied to the brake module open when a brake fault or loss of power occurs
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 23
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions and Weights in Millimeters (Inches) and Kilograms (Pounds)
(Side)
E
(Bottom)
BULLETIN 1336 BRAKING CHOPPER
FOR USE WITH 460 VAC AF DRIVES
CAT 1336-WB110 SER AINPUT 750 VDC 1100 ADC (RMS)
MADE IN USA
DC POWER
AndashB
PN
151076 RE
V 01
DC
R2
BA
R1 (4 places) (Front)
BRAKE ON
Chopper Module A B C D E R1 Dia R2 Weight
WA115WB110WC085
2906(1144)
2794(1100)
2286(900)
3048(1200)
2398(944)
56(022)
381(150)
1134(250)
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking24
Specifications
1 Watts Dissipated at 100 (Continuous Duty Cycle) are approximately equal to the average watts dissipated at 20 and 50 Duty Cycles
Installation Requirements
Braking Torque amp Duty Cycle
(Refer to pages 5-10)
Input Power DC power supplied from DC Bus
Brake FaultContact
(1) NC contact TTL compatible closed when power is applied to the brake module open when a brake fault or loss of power occurs
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking24
Specifications
1 Watts Dissipated at 100 (Continuous Duty Cycle) are approximately equal to the average watts dissipated at 20 and 50 Duty Cycles
Installation Requirements
Braking Torque amp Duty Cycle
(Refer to pages 5-10)
Input Power DC power supplied from DC Bus
Brake FaultContact
(1) NC contact TTL compatible closed when power is applied to the brake module open when a brake fault or loss of power occurs
ATTENTION Electric Shock can cause injury or death Remove all power before working on this product
For all chopper module ratings DC brake power is supplied from the drive DC Bus
Hazards of electrical shock exist if accidental contact is made with parts carrying bus voltage A DC power indicator on the brake enclosures provides visual indication that bus voltage is present Before proceeding with any installation or troubleshooting activity allow at least one minute after input power has been removed for the bus circuit to discharge Bus voltage should be verified by using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals on the drive power terminal block Do not attempt any servicing until the DC power indicating light has extinguished and bus voltage has been verified to be zero volts
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 25
Mounting Requirements
IMPORTANT The National Electrical Code (NEC) and local regulations govern the installation and wiring of the brake chopper modules dynamic braking resistors and enclosure selection DC power wiring AC power wiring control wiring and conduit must be chosen sized and installed in accordance with these codes and the information supplied on the following pages
Brake chopper modules must only be installed in the vertical position Select an enclosure and a location using the guidelines below and on the following page
1 Allow a minimum clearance of 1524 mm(6 in) Between brake modules inside an enclosure and all other equipment including the drive All brake resistor banks should be mounted external to the enclosure on a non combustible surface
2 If more than one module is required all modules must be mounted within 30 m (10 ft) of the drive The wires used to connect each module to the drive must be the same lengthResistors must be located within 30 m (100 ft) of the chopper module The minimum distance between each resistor bank and all other enclosures or equipment is application dependent and must be determined by the user
(Front)
(Bottom)(Front)
Air Flow
GND
(Front) (Bottom)
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
1524 mm(6 in)
Minimum
Drive ResistorBank
30 m(10 ft)
Maximum
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
ResistorBank
30 m(100 ft)
Maximum
Each of these wires mustbe of equal length
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking26
Setup
1336 and 1336VT Parameter SettingsParameter 11 mdash Decel Frequency Hold mdash must be set to OFF when dynamic braking is installed Refer to your 1336 or 1336VT Programming Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336IMPACT Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 76 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to its factory default of ldquo-2000rdquo A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel
bull Set Bit 10 of Parameter 13 [Bus Options]
Refer to your 1336IMPACT User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336FORCE Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull A lower Regen Power Lim may be required to protect the load during decel Parameter 178 [Regen Power Lim] typically should be set to the required negative of torque
bull Clear Bit 11 of Parameter 88 [VP FltWarn Cfg]
Refer to your 1336FORCE User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
1336PLUS and 1336PLUSII Parameter SettingsWhen dynamic braking is installed
bull Parameter 11 [Bus Limit En] must be set to ldquoDisabledrdquo
bull Braking for deceleration requires that the drive be programmed for ldquoRamp-to-Stoprdquo Braking for overhauling loads may or may not be stop mode specific Program Parameters 10 and 52 per the application
Refer to your 1336PLUS User Manual for programming procedures and record the changes for future reference
ATTENTION Each brake chopper module contains a thermostat to guard against overheating and component damage
If the duty cycle torque setting andor ambient temperature exceeds the specifications listed in this publication the thermostat is designed to trip and disable the brake modules until components cool to rated temperature During the cooling period only 10 braking torque will be available to the motor
If reduced braking torque represents a potential hazard to personnel auxiliary stopping methods must be considered in the machine andor control circuit design
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 27
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring For all brake module ratings a fault contact has been provided to provide a remote output signal Should a brake fuse fail or the brake thermostat trip the brake fault contact will open Interconnection wiring for remote brake monitoring is provided in the Wiring Schemes section
Brake Fuses All brake modules are internally fused to protect brake components When replacing brake fuses use only the type and size specified below
Brake Module Jumper Settings For the Mounting Requirements shown previously as well as the Wiring Schemes there can be only one master brake module to control dynamic braking When multiple brake modules are used only one brake module can serve as the master brake to control the remaining slave brake modules
Dynamic Brake Fuse Fuse Type Rating
WA018WB009WC009
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A60Q or EquivalentA60Q or EquivalentA60Q or Equivalent
30A 600V15A 600V15A 600V
WA070WB035WC035
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
125A 700V60A 700V60A 700V
WA115WB110WC085
F1 amp F2F1 amp F2F1 amp F2
Ferraz Shawmut A70QS or EquivalentA70QS or EquivalentA70QS or Equivalent
200A 700V200A 700V200A 700V
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1(2)(3)W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Master
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W11(2)(3)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER(2)(1)(3)
W1
SlaveMaster Jumper Set to Slave
BRAKE MODEMASTER SLAVE
1 (2)(3)W1
Cat NoWA018WB009WC009
Cat NoWA070WB035WC035
Cat NoWA115WB110WC085
Input Voltage Jumper Set to 460V
VOLTAGE SELECT380V 460V
1(2)(3)W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V(2)(1)(3)
W2
Cat NoWB009
Cat NoWB035WB110
Master Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor the master brake module leave slavemaster jumper W1 factory set to master (jumper positions 1 amp 2)
Slave Brake Module Jumper SettingsFor each slave module reset jumper W1 to slave (jumper positions 2 amp 3)
Input Voltage Jumper SettingsSet jumper W2 on 460V models to correspond to the nominal drive input voltage Setting the jumper between positions 1 amp 2 will select an input voltage of 415460 volts Setting the jumper between positions 2 amp 3 will select an input voltage of 380 volts Only models WB009 WB035 amp WB110 have input voltage jumpers
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking28
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 29
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
1
W1
SlaveMasterJumper W1
BRAKE MODESLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1W2
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Ground)
GNDBA
RC
OD
E
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS1
DC Power ON Light
DS2
Brake ON Light DS2
E12E11E9 E10
1 2 3 4 5 6
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18 AWG)
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
Terminals E9-E12
MaxMin Wire Size = 336 21 mm2 (2 14 AWG)
Max Torque = 396 N-m (35 lb-in) for 53-21 mm2 (10-14 AWG) 452 N-m (40 lb-in) for 84 mm2 (8 AWG)
509 N-m (45 lb-in) for 212-133 mm2 (4-6 AWG) 565 N-m (50 lb-in) for 336 mm2 (2 AWG)
VOLT SELECT380V 460V
1
W2
Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB035 Units Only)
1
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking30
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
E9 E11 E12
Fuse F1
Fuse F2
(E12)(E11)(E9) (E10)
BARCODE
E10
Brake Module Board
DS1
DS2
DS1
DC Power ON Light
Brake ON Light DS2
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2
VOLT SELECT
380V 460V
W2Input Voltage SelectJumper W2(WB110 Units Only)
BRAKE MODE
SLAVE MASTER
W1SlaveMaster
Jumper W1
Brake Frame Ground(Connect to Earth Groun
Terminal Block TB1
MaxMin Wire Size = 84 08 mm2 (8 18
Max Torque = 181 N-m (16 lb-in)
MaxMin Wire Size = 674 212 mm2 (20 4 AWG)
Max Torque = 1413 N-m (125 lb-in) for 424-212 mm2 (1-4 AWG) 1695 N-m (150 lb-in) for 674-211 mm2 (20-1 AWG)
Terminals E9-E12
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 31
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking32
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-BRK
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF75BRF100
1336S ndashBRF75BRF100
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 33
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking34
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
-BRK
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers1336F ndash
BRF150BRF200
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 35
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking36
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Master Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
2 (+) DC BUS
1 (ndash) DC BUS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
6 EXT RESISTORS
9 AUX CONT
10 AUX CONT
TB1 Slave Brake
➍
➋
5 EXT RESISTORS
7 (+) MASTER OUT
8 (ndash) MASTER OUT
➌
➊
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
➎
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA018 WB009 and WC009Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 37
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Single BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring diagram
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking38
L1 L2 L3 +DC -DC
TB1
Drive
TB3
20 STOP
19 START
START
115V AC
21 COM
22
23
24
25 COM
26
27
28
29 COM
30 ENABLE
STOP
CUSTOMERENABLE
➊
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Master Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➋
E12 EXT RESISTORS
E11 EXT RESISTORS
4 (+) SLAVE IN
3 (ndash) SLAVE IN
5 (ndash) MASTER OUT
6 (+) MASTER OUT
1 AUX CONT
2 AUX CONT➌
TB1
E10 (ndash) DC BUS
E9 (+) DC BUS
Slave Brake
➍
➎MOD-L6 or MOD-L3Option
➎
➎
-DC Brake Power Wiring
+DC Brake Power Wiring
Brake Resistor Wiring
All Brake Power and Brake Resistor Wiring must be twisted wire run in conduit separate from Control Wiring Size wire according to NEC and local guidelines
Control Wiring
All Control Wiring must be twisted wire run inconduit separate from DC Brake Power WiringInterconnection Control Wiring between the braketerminals must be twisted pair 1 mm2 (18 AWG)minimum
Typical Brake Fault Contact Wiring
Connect to AUX at TB3 mdash Terminal 24 for L6 Option mdash Terminal 28 for L3 Option
MASTER OUT terminals are factory jumpered and must remain jumpered for single brake applications For multiple brake applications remove the jumpers in all but the last enclosure
Contact is shown in a de-energized state Contact is closed when power is applied and relay is energized Loss of power ora brake malfunction will open contact
➊
➋
➌
Connect the brake frame to earth ground Refer to the connected drives User Manual for grounding instructions
Optional overtemperature switch
➍
➎
➋
WA070 WB035 and WC035WA115 WB110 and WC085Multiple BrakeWiring Scheme
For Drive Catalog Numbers13361336VT1336S1336F1336T1336E
ATTENTION Damage to drives can result from improper wiring Read drive nameplate to confirm catalog number and rating code to determine correct wiring
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Heavy Duty Dynamic Braking 39
NOTES
1336-565 mdash March 2007
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Publication 1336-565 mdash March 2007 PN 163435 (10)Supersedes February 2007 Copyright copy 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in USA
wwwrockwellautomationcom
Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204-2496 USA Tel (1) 4143822000 Fax (1) 4143824444
EuropeMiddle EastAfrica Rockwell Automation Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel (32) 2 663 0600 Fax (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel (852) 2887 4788 Fax (852) 2508 1846
Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Front Cover TOC
What This Option Provides
Where This Option is Used
What These Instructions Contain
How Dynamic Braking Works
How the Chopper Module Works
How to Select a Chopper Module and Dynamic Brake Resistor
Selecting a Chopper Module and the Maximum Dynamic Brake Resistance
Example Calculation
Ordering Resistors
Chopper Module Selection
Chopper Module Characteristics
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Dimensions and Weights
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Dimensions and Weights
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Dimensions and Weights
Specifications
Installation Requirements
Mounting Requirements
Setup
Brake Fault Contact Monitoring
Brake Fuses
Brake Module Jumper Settings
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA070 WB035 and WC035 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA115 WB110 and WC085 Terminal Block Fuse and Jumper Locations
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA018 WB009 and WC009 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Single Brake Wiring Scheme
WA070 WB035 and WC035 WA115 WB110 and WC085 Multiple Brake Wiring Scheme
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
Catalogs
DbleParll
Used in Manufacturing
YES
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
C1
Offset Z
Fold
Sample
Comments
C2
Short
Part Number
PN 163435 (10)
JIT POD
V
D1
Z
D2
Microfold
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021
CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
BindingStitching
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
Review key on right
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count of Publication
40
Total page count including cover
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline)
A9
Paper Stock Color
White
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
6rdquo x 4rdquo
Post Sale Technical Communication
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
B1
Stitching Location
Blank Corner or Side
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
B2
Drill Hole YESNO
YES
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
B3
None
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
8375rdquo x 10875
B4
Half
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B5
C
Ink Color
Black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
